First Fall 2023 CM 2100 -Final Exam Study Guide Module 1-7
docx
keyboard_arrow_up
School
Louisiana State University *
*We aren’t endorsed by this school
Course
2100
Subject
Civil Engineering
Date
Apr 3, 2024
Type
docx
Pages
162
Uploaded by chrisbarbato7
MODULE 1
Chapter One - Making Buildings
Making Buildings
Thought Points
Focus on some of the important ways in which building codes affect the design of buildings. Building codes include provisions for adjusting building height, area, and fire resistance requirements.
Be mindful of the LEED green building rating systems for new construction.
Key Terms
Sustainability:
Providing for the needs of the current generation without compromising the ability of future generations to provide for their needs. Providing healthy, resource-conserving, and energy efficient buildings.
Environmental labels:
Information or certifications used to describe the composition, environmental performance, or life-cycle impacts of a construction material or product.
Global warming potential:
A material or product's life-cycle contribution to global warming, caused by greenhouse gas emissions.
Life-cycle analysis (LCA), Cradle-to-grave analysis:
A comprehensive method of describing the environmental impacts of a material or product, accounting for all phases of its life from original resource extraction through final disposal or recycling; also called cradle-to-grave analysis.
Embodied energy:
The total energy consumption associated with a material or product throughout its life cycle.
Cradle-to-gate analysis:
A life-cycle analysis extending from original resource extraction only so far as when the material or product leaves its place of manufacture.
Embodied water:
The total freshwater consumption associated with a material or product throughout its life cycle.
Embodied carbon:
The total carbon emissions associated with a material or product throughout its life cycle.
Specifications:
The written portion of the construction documents, concerning the quality of materials and execution of construction procedures required for a building.
Construction documents:
The graphic construction drawings and written specifications to which a building is constructed.
Zoning ordinance:
A law that specifies how land within a jurisdiction may be used.
Building code:
A set of regulations intended to ensure a minimum standard of health and safety in buildings.
Model building code:
A code that is offered by a recognized national organization as worthy of adoption by state or local governments.
National Building Code of Canada:
The predominant Canadian model building code.
International Building Code (IBC):
The predominant U.S. model building codes.
Occupancy:
In the International Building Code, a definition of the types of activities that occur within the building ora part of the building, relating to considerations of life safety.
Construction type:
In the International Building Code, any of five major systems of building construction that are differentiated by their relative resistance to fire.
Fire resistance rating:
The time, in minutes or hours, that a material or assembly will resist fire exposure as determined by ASTM E119.
Bearing wall:
A wall that carries structural loads from floors, roofs, or walls above.
Nonbearing wall, partition:
An interior nonloadbearing wall.
Heavy Timber construction:
A type of wood construction made from large wood members and solid timber decking in a post-and-beam configuration; in the International Building Code, buildings of Type IV HT construction, consisting of heavy timber interior construction and noncombustible exterior walls, which are considered to have moderate fire-resistive properties.
International Residential Code (IRC):
See International Building Code.
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA):
A federal regulation establishing equal access for persons with disabilities to public accommodations, commercial facilities, and transportation facilities.
Access standard:
A set of regulations or technical standards ensuring that buildings are accessible and usable by physically handicapped members of the population.
ASTM International:
Formerly, American Society for Testing and Materials. An organization that promulgates standards for testing, materials, and methods of building construction.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
An organization that fosters the establishment of voluntary industrial standards.
Master Format:
The trademarked title of a uniform indexing system for construction specifications, created by the Construction Specifications Institute and Construction Specifications Canada.
UniFormat:
The trademarked name for a system of organizing building information based on functional relationships.
OmniClass Construction Classification System:
The trademarked name for a system of describing building information encompassing a broad range of possible organizing criteria.
Design / bid / build:
A method of providing design and construction services in which the design and construction phases of the project are provided by different entities, usually used in combination with sequential construction.
General contractor:
A construction entity with responsibility for the overall conduct of a construction project.
Subcontractor:
A contractor who specializes in one area of construction activity and who works under a general CO2tractor.
Design / build:
A method of providing design and construction services in which the design and construction phases of the project are provided by a single entity; frequently used in combination with fast track construction.
Construction manager:
An entity that assists the owner in the procurement of construction services.
Sequential construction:
A method of providing design and construction services in which each major phase of design and construction is completed before the next phase is begun.
Phased construction, fast track construction:
A method of providing design and construction services in which design and construction overlap in time; also called phased construction.
Gantt chart, bar chart:
A graphic representation of a construction schedule, using a series of horizontal bars representing the duration of various tasks or groups of tasks that make up the project.
Critical path:
The sequence of tasks that determines the least amount of time in which a construction project can be completed.
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. The construction and operation of buildings only accounts for a small amount of the world’s energy consumption and carbon dioxide emissions.
FALSE
2. Building construction and operation contribute to many forms of environmental degradation and place a significant burden on the earth’s resources.
TRUE
3. Sprawling buildings tend to consume prime agricultural land and degrade natural ecosystems.
TRUE
4. The construction and operation of buildings does not affect the quality of the air but does pollute water and soil.
FALSE
5. The definition of sustainability has expanded to address the human health impacts of buildings and to include issues of social and economic fairness.
TRUE
6. Though ideal, it’s impossible to design a sustainable building that consumes no energy or even generates excess energy, causes no air pollution or even helps clean the atmosphere, and so on.
FALSE
7. Sustainable building performance continues to improve while the premium in cost and effort to design and construct such buildings continue to rise as well.
FALSE
8. Reducing reliance on electrical lighting also reduces excess heat generated from electrical lighting which allows the building’s cooling system to be reduced in capacity and physical size.
TRUE
9. The Green Building Council provides sustainability ratings to new buildings as well as already existing ones.
TRUE
10. The highest goal of The International Living Future Institute’s Living Building Challenge is the aspiration to designs buildings that do less environmental harm.
FALSE
11. Designing sustainable buildings requires access to information about the environmental and health impacts of the materials used in their construction.
TRUE
12. Information about building materials and products come from a single standardized source.
FALSE
13. Information about building materials and products may be self-reported by the product manufacturer, or it may come from an independent, trusted third party.
TRUE.
14. The scope of information provided on a Product Data Sheet (PDS) is left entirely to the manufacturer, and the information is not independently verified.
TRUE
15. Environmental labels, also called ecolabels, are third-party environmental ratings.
TRUE
16. Product disclosures and ecolabels always rate the sustainability of a product in a standardized format for easy comparison of alternative materials or products.
FALSE
17. Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs) describe the full, life-cycle environmental impacts of building materials and products.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
18. The environmental impacts of alternative building designs can be meaningfully compared through life-cycle analysis documented in Environmental Building Declarations (EBDs).
TRUE
19. Much of the environmental reporting provided by product manufacturers is developed according to the international series of standards designated ISO 14020, which loosely outlines the development and use of environmental labels and declarations, but the standards are not widely recognized.
FALSE
20. A life-cycle analysis (LCA), or cradle-to-grave analysis, is one of the most comprehensive methods for quantifying the environmental impacts associated with materials and buildings.
TRUE
21. The environmental footprint of a material is calculated through tallying up the impacts associated with a material’s manufacturing and construction.
FALSE
22. Embodied energy shows the sum total of energy consumed during a material’s life cycle, and a higher embodied energy is assumed to be better for the environment.
FALSE
23. A cradle-to-gate analysis follows a material from extraction up until the material leaves the factory, excluding the effects of transportation, installation, maintenance, and disposal or recycling.
TRUE
24. Embodied water refers to the fresh water consumed as a consequence of building with a particular material.
TRUE
25. A life-cycle analysis (LCA) also helps assess the loss of biodiversity, decreased water quality, or soil erosion caused by the extraction of a material.
FALSE
26. The creation of health product declarations (HPDs) is defined by the HPD Collaborative, an independent organization that provides reliable and consistent information about material ingredients and associated human and environmental health hazards.
TRUE
27. Human product declarations (HPDs) are a certification and rating tool used to provide important information on the healthfulness of a product.
FALSE
28. Preconsumer recycled materials originate as byproducts of manufacturing processes.
TRUE
29. Postconsumer recycled materials are generated when a consumer adapts a product for their own personal use after its original usefulness has been used up.
FALSE
30. When assessing recycled content in the LEED system, preconsumer and postconsumer waste is counted at only half its weight or cost.
FALSE
31. Bio-based materials are produced by agricultural or animal biological processes.
TRUE
32. Bio-based materials are biodegradable or compostable, and carbon-neutral.
TRUE
33. Rapidly renewable materials are grown and harvested in a relatively short life span.
TRUE
34. Regional, or locally sourced, materials are more environmentally friendly by reducing the amount of energy needed to grow or produce the material.
FALSE
35. Appropriate material choices and design can reduce heat losses, moderate peak heating and cooling loads, and support passive heating and cooling strategies, all of which contribute to higher energy performance.
TRUE
36. Material and production attributes offer transparently disposed information such as material ingredients, recycled content, rapidly renewable or bio-based material content, and the geographic source of raw materials.
TRUE
37. Some of the potential sources of chemical air pollutants that can be harmful to construction workers and building occupants are coatings, sealants, adhesives, wood composites, insulation materials, wall and floor coverings, ceiling
materials, and furniture.
TRUE
38. Building commissioning (Cx) is a process to ensure that finished buildings all comply with sustainability standards.
FALSE
39. Construction documents are composed of drawings and specifications produced by the architect/engineer team to describe how the building is made and of what.
TRUE
40. Zoning ordinances are used to prevent single story buildings being built in urban areas.
FALSE
41. In the United States, the predominant model code is the International Building Code (IBC).
TRUE
42. A material’s fire resistance is ranked based on construction types with type 5 being the most fire-resistant and type 1 being the most flammable.
FALSE
43. The IBC’s purpose in describing occupancies is to identify different degrees of life-safety hazard in buildings.
TRUE
44. Fire resistance ratings are derived from large-scale laboratory tests carried out in accordance with standards typically set by the individual companies conducting the test.
FALSE
45. One of the standards established by the IBC is with regards to natural lighting.
TRUE
46. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) makes accessibility to public buildings a civil right of all Americans.
TRUE
47. ASTM International is a government organization in the United States that establishes the standard specifications for materials and methods of construction.
FALSE
48.The American National Standards Institute (ANSI) is another private organization that certifies North American standards for a broad range of products, such as exterior windows and mechanical components of buildings.
TRUE
49. MasterFormat is a comprehensive outline for organizing information about construction materials and systems.
TRUE
50. The OmniClass Construction Classification System is an overarching scheme that attempts to incorporate multiple existing building information organizational systems, including MasterFormat, UniFormat, an others, into one system.
TRUE
51. In the traditional design/bid/build project delivery, the bidder chosen for the contract is selected by highest bid price.
FALSE
52. The firm chosen for the design/bid/build project acts as the subcontractors to perform significant portions or even all of the work.
FALSE
53. Among the advantages of design/bid/build project delivery are its easy-to-understand organizational scheme, well-established legal precedents, and relative simplicity of management.
TRUE
54. A design/build project begins when the owner developing a conceptual design or program that describes the functional or performance requirements of the proposed facility including detail of its form and how it is to be constructed.
FALSE
55. Design/build project delivery gives the owner a single source of accountability for all aspects of the project.
TRUE
56. As in design/build construction, the construction manager participates in the project prior to the onset of construction, introducing construction expertise during the design stage.
TRUE
57.In turnkey construction, an owner contracts with multiple entities that provide the design, construction services, and financing for the project as well.
FALSE
58. A single-purpose entity consists of the owner, architect, and contractor as joint members.
TRUE
59. Means of egress describes how far back a building sits from the road.
FALSE
60. Swimming pools are regulated by health codes that also govern food-service operations, schools, and healthcare facilities.
TRUE
61. Fixed-fee, or lump-sum, compensation means the general contractor or other construction entity is paid at the end of the project after the actual cost of the project is once.
FALSE
62. Cost plus a fee compensation means the owner pays the construction entity for the actual cost of construction—whatever that may turn out to be—plus an additional amount to account for overhead and profit.
TRUE
63. Guaranteed maximum price (GMAX or GMP) compensation describes the maximum fee the owner may be required to pay. Until reaching that maximum, the compensation is handled as regular cost plus a fee.
TRUE
64. Incentive provisions are set through agreements between owner and contractor to reward a contractor for timely and professional attitude throughout the project.
FALSE
65. Surety bonds are bought from third party to protect the owner from the risks of default by the construction contractor—a performance bond assures the completion of the construction, and a payment bond assures full payment to suppliers and subcontractors.
TRUE
67. In sequential construction, each major phase in the design and construction of a building is completed before the next phase begins, and construction does not start until all design work has been completed.
TRUE
68. In phased construction, or fast track construction, each major phase in the design and construction of a building is completed before the next phase begins, and construction does not start until all design work has been completed.
FALSE
69. A Gantt chart consists of a series of horizontal bars used to represent the various teams working on different parts of a project, providing an easy-to-understand representation of construction tasks and who is in responsible for it.
FALSE
70. The critical path of a project is the sequence of activities that determines the least amount of time in which a project can be completed.
TRUE
71. The critical path method (CPM) is a technique for optimizing the deployment of the right number of people to work on a certain task in order to fulfill the project’s critical path.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
72. Schedule levels define the amount of leeway in the amount of time set for the activities in a construction schedule.
FALSE
73. Rolling schedules describe the day-to-day processes extending a limited number of weeks or months into the future.
TRUE
74. The general contractor assumes responsibility for day-to-day oversight of the construction site, management of trades and suppliers, and communications between the construction teem and other major parties once a construction project is underway.
TRUE
75. The integrated project delivery (IPD) is the current state of the art collaborative project delivery in which the major parties mutually share the responsibilities, decision-making, and financial risks and rewards of the project.
TRUE
76. Centralizing information and decision-making to the higher-ups of the construction industry is one goal of the lean construction method.
FALSE
77. Building information modeling (BIM) not only represents components geometrically and spatially but also linked to data describing their intrinsic properties and relationships to other components. In other words, the model is object-based and parametric.
TRUE
Float:
A small platform suspended on ropes from a steel building frame to permit ironworkers to work on a connection; a trowel with a slightly rough surface used in an intermediate stage of finishing a concrete slab; as a verb, to use a float for finishing concrete.
Critical path method:
The sequence of tasks that determines the least amount of time in which a construction project can be completed.
Lean construction:
Methods of construction and its management that emphasize efficiency, elimination of waste, and continuous improvement in quality.
Building information modeling (BIM):
The digital, three-dimensional modeling of building systems, with the linking of model components to a database of properties and relationships.
Computer-aided design (CAD):
The digital two-dimensional representation of building systems
Types of Construction Projects
Heavy Construction and Infrastructure
process of adding/repairing infrastructure
Includes: airports, bridges, dams and tunnels, highway, water treatment
Owner is usually a government agency
Residential
includes single-family homes, apartments, condominiums, etc.
Funded through private investment
Low capital and labor-intensive industry
Commercial
includes government buildings, schools, hospitals, malls, etc
Labor and material intensive
Funded through public and private investments
Industrial
include power plants, automobile plants, and other plants essential to other industries
Undertaken by large construction firms due to their high technical needs
Industrial projects can be funded through government or private firms
Guided Reading Questions
The Building Process
Owners idea / need
Select Design Professional(s)
Develop Building Concept
Feasibility Study
Assemble Design & Engineering Team
Develop Contract Documents
Building Official(s) Compliance Review
Contractor Selection
Subcontractor and Supplier Selection
Begin Construction
Compliance Inspections
Work for the Design Professional
Choosing Building Systems
Who Has Primary Responsibility for Building Material Selection?
DEPENDS on Contractual Arrangements, often
Designer/Architect, with input from the Owner for Appearance and/or Performance and the Contractor for Cost, Availability, and Constructability
Selecting Building System: Constraints
Physical Limitations
Available Land
Soil Bearing Capacity
Structural Span Limitations
Building Material Performance
Budget
Legal Restrictions, etc.
Zoning Ordinances
Generally Imposed by Local Authorities
Typically Govern:
Property Use, Types of Activities
Size, Setbacks, Appearance
Access, Parking
Construction Activities
Available at Planning Dept./ Inspector
Building Codes
Primary focus – protect against fire
IBC and IRC are the models for most U.S. local building codes.
IRC:
One- and two-family homes
Townhouses
3 stories maximum height
IBC: All building types except those covered by the IRC
Fire Resistance Ratings
Measured in Hours (or fraction thereof)
Typically - Increased Fire Resistance results in Increased Construction Cost
Construction Standards and Information Resources
Standards-Setting Agencies
Most construction standards are developed by independent organizations that rely on industry consensus for adoption. Examples:
ASTM International
: consensus organization for materials and methods standards
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
: develops and certifies standards for a wide variety of products and systems
International Code Council
: IBC, IRC, accessibility standards, green building standards, etc.
Construction Specifications Institute (CSI): MasterFormat
Outline for Construction Specifications
Numbering system for the organization of construction materials and systems
Developed by CSI and Canadian counterpart Construction Specifications Canada (CSC)
50 major Divisions
Often used by Contractors for Construction Cost Coding
Divisions are subdivided in Sections, that define the work of individual trades or suppliers. Sections may be further subdivided if needed.
Division 05 – Metals
Section 05 10 00 – Structural Steel Framing
Section 05 21 00 – Steel Joist Framing
Section 05 31 00 – Steel Decking
Section 05 40 00 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing
Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications
o
Section 05 51 33 – Metal Ladders
Section 05 51 33.13 Vertical Metal Ladders
The Work of the Construction Professional: Constructing Buildings
Providing Construction Services
Owner- a finished project that meets its functional requirements & its expectations for design and quality at the lowers possible cost and on a predictable schedule.
Contractor- quality work, earn a profit, & complete the project in a timely fashion.
Building process is fraught with uncertainties
o
Variable workforce, material prices, & weather
Owner-Contractor relationship- must be structured to share the rewards & risks.
Construction Project Delivery Methods
Design/Bid/Build
Owner separately hires design team and construction team
Advantage: Separate design and construction entities provide useful checks and balances
Disadvantage: Difficult to integrate construction expertise into design
Design/Build
Owner hires one entity that provides both design and construction services
Advantage: Allows fuller collaboration between design and construction teams
Disadvantage: Lack of independent advocate for design; fewer built in checks and balances
Construction Management
Owner hires CM as independent entity to oversee design and construction services provided by multiple entities
Advantage: Independent construction expertise is available to owner throughout project
Most commonly associated with large scale, complex projects
Other project delivery forms:
CM
at risk
: combines aspects of construction manager with general contractor.
Turnkey construction entity
: provides financing as well as construction services
Single-purpose entity
: combines owner, design, and construction teams into one legal entity and many more variations
Sequential vs. Fast Track Construction
Sequential Construction
Each major project phase begins only after the preceding phase is completed
Design is completed before construction begins
Phased /Fast Track Construction
Design and construction phases overlap
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Construction starts before design is complete
Aim is to reduce total project duration
Sequential vs. Fast Track Construction
Sequential
construction is simpler to manage
.
Phased construction
requires closer coordination
between design & construction.
Phased construction
can introduce additional risks
if elements built early come into conflict with later design decisions.
Phased construction
is most naturally suited to design/build and construction management
project delivery- construction expertise during the design phases of the project.
Traditionally, sequential construction
is most commonly associated with design/bid/build
construction.
Construction Scheduling
Gantt Charts
Represent project tasks or phases on a horizontal timeline
Provide an easy to understand picture of a project schedule and task relationships.
Critical Path Method
Analyzes task dependencies.
The critical path is the sequence of tasks that determines the least amount of time in which a project can be completed.
Sustainability
Sustainable Building Construction
Reduce the depletion of fossil fuels
Minimize the use of valuable, productive land
Minimize materials consumption and waste
Protect forests and forest ecosystems
Protect water resources
Minimize air pollution
Maximize the healthfulness of the interior building environment
Assessing Green Buildings
LEED-NC certification: 100 base points plus 10 bonus points available
Platinum: 80+ points
Gold: 60-79 points
Silver: 50-59 points
Certified: 40-49 points
Additional Resources
Videos
Learn the Types of Building Structures
Chapter Two - Foundations
Foundations
What are some of the main foundation requirements and how does the soil affect these?
Key Terms
Foundations
Foundation: The portion of a building that transmits structural loads from the building into the earth.
Dead load: Permanent loads on a building, including the weight of the building itself and any permanently attached equipment.
Live load:
Nonpermanent loads on a building caused by the weights of people, furnishings, machines, vehicles, and goods in or on the building.
Wind load: A force on a building caused by wind pressure and/or suction.Seismic load: A force on a structure caused by movement of the earth relative to the structure during an earthquake.
Uniform settlement: Subsidence of the various foundation elements of a building at the same rate, resulting in no distress to the structure ofthe building.
Unit-and-mullion system: A curtain wall system consisting of prefabricated panel units secured with site-applied mullions.
Differential settlement: Subsidence of the various foundation elements of a building at differing rates.
Earth material: Rock or soil.Bedrock: A solid stratum of rock.
Soil:
Any particulate earth material, excluding rock.
Clay: A fine-grained soil with plate-shaped particles, typically less than 0.0002 inch (0.005 mm) in size, whose properties are significantly influenced by the structural arrangements of the particles and the electrostatic forces acting between them.
Fine-grained soil: Soil with particles 0.003 inch (0.075 mm) or less in size; silts and clays.
Organic soil: Soil containing decayed vegetable and/or animal matter; topsoil.
Frictional soil, cohesionless soil: A soil, such as sand or gravel, that relies primarily on friction rather than attractive or repulsive forces between particles for its strength; also called a cohesionless soil.
Soil liquefaction: A phenomenon in which a water-saturated soil loses most of its strength under the influence of sudden, large variations in loading such as can occur during an earthquake.
Cohesive soil: A soil such as clay whose particles are able to adhere to one another by means of cohesive and adhesive forces.
Liquid Limit: The moisture content at which a soil arrives at a flowable consistency; a relative indication of soil cohesiveness.
Expansive Soil: A clay soil that expands significantly with increased moisture content.
Well graded soil: Coarse-grained soil with a full range of particle sizes; also called poorly sorted soil.
Uniformly graded soil: A special instance of a poorly graded soil in which the soil particles are mostly of one size.
Gap graded soil: A soil graded so as to contain a broad range of particle sizes, but with certain sizes omitted.
Poorly sorted soil: Coarse-grained soil with a full range of particle sizes; also called poorly sorted soil.
Drainage fill: Crushed stone or gravel backfill materials with good drainage characteristics, placed around a foundation to facilitate drainage.
Water table: The level at which the pressure of water in the soil is equal to the atmospheric pressure; effectively, the level to which groundwater will fill an excavation; a wood molding or shaped brick used to make a transition between a thicker foundation and the wall above.
Maximum allowable slope, angle of repose: The steepest angle at which an excavation may be sloped so that the soil will not slide back into the hole. Also called angle of repose.
Shoring
: Temporary vertical or sloping supports of steel or timber.
Lagging: Planks placed between soldier beams to retain earth around an excavation.
Pneumatically applied concrete, shotcrete: A low-slump concrete mixture that is deposited by being blown from a nozzle at high speed with a stream of compressed air; pneumatically placed Concrète.
Slurry: A watery mixture of insoluble materials with a high concentration of suspended solids.
Tremie: A large funnel with a tube attached, used to deposit concrete in deep forms or beneath water or slurry.
Crosslot bracing: Horizontal compression members running from one side of an excavation to the other, used to support sheeting.
Waler: A horizontal beam used to support sheeting or concrete form work.
Raker: A sloping brace for supporting sheeting around an excavation.
Tieback: A tie, one end of which is anchored in the ground, with the other end used to support sheeting around an excavation.
Rock anchor
: A posttensioned rod or cable inserted into a rock formation for the purpose of tying it together.
Dewatering: The extraction of water from an excavation or its surrounding soil.
Sump: A pit designed to collect water for removal from an excavation or basement.
Superstructure: The above-ground portion of a building.
Substructure: The occupied below ground portion of a building.
Shallow foundation: A building foundation located at the base of a wall or a column, bearing on soil relatively closeto the ground surface.
Deep foundation: A building foundation that extends through upper strata of incompetent soil to reach deeper strata with greater bearing capacity.
Engineered fill: Earth compacted into place in such a way that it has predictable physical properties, based on laboratory tests and specified, supervised installation procedures.
Frost line: The depth in the earth to which the soil can be expected to freeze during a severe winter.
Slab on grade: A concrete surface lying upon, and supported directly by, the ground beneath.
Slag:
The mineral waste that rises to the top of molten iron or steel or to the top of a weld.
Crawlspace: A space that is not tall enough to stand in, located beneath the bottom floor of a building.
Tie beam: A reinforced concrete beam cast as part of a masonry wall, whose primary purpose is to hold the wall together, especially against seismic loads, or cast between a number of isolated foundation elements to maintain their relative positions.
Mat foundation,
raft foundation: A single concrete footing that is essentially equal in area to the area of ground covered by the building.
Floating foundation, compensated foundation: A foundation placed at depth such that the weight of the soil removed is approximately equal to the weight of the building being supported.
Caisson, drilled pier:
A cylindrical sitecast concrete foundation unit that penetrates through incompetent soil to rest upon an underlying stratum of rock or satisfactory soil; an enclosure that permits excavation work to be carried out underwater. Also called a drilled pier.
Pile: A long, slender piece of material driven into the ground to act as an element of a foundation.
Pile cap: A thick slab of reinforced concrete poured across the top of a pile cluster to cause the cluster to act as a unit in supporting a column or grade beam.
Grade beam: A reinforced concrete foundation element that transmits the load from a bearing wall into spaced foundations such as pile caps or caissons.
Piledriver: A machine for driving piles. Heaving: The forcing upward of ground or buildings by the action of frost or pile driving.
Base isolator: A device at foundation level that diminishes the transmission of seismic motions to a building.
Underpinning: The process of placing new foundations beneath an existing Structure.
Up-down construction: A sequence of construction activity in which construction proceeds downward on the sublevels of a building at the same time as it proceeds upward on the superstructure.
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. Dead load is the combined weight of all wasted materials accumulated throughout the construction process.
FALSE
2. Live loads are nonpermanent loads caused by the weights of the building’s occupants, furnishings, and movable equipment.
TRUE
3. Rain and snow loads act primarily downward on a building, while wind loads act laterally(sideways).
FALSE
4. Buoyant uplift forces caused by underground water are identical to the forces that cause a boat to float.
TRUE
5.Horizontal thrust forces come from long-span structural components, such as arches, rigid frames, domes, vaults, or tensile structures.
TRUE
6. Dead and live load, heavy and light loads, rain and snow loads, wind loads, seismic loads, lift and drag load, and lateral soil pressure loads are all examples of various loads that can act on a building.
FALSE
7. A well-constructed building will not experience settling of its foundation.
FALSE
8. Earth materials are classified according to particle size, the presence of organic content, and, in the case of finer0grained soils, sensitivity to moisture content.
TRUE
9.Consolidated rock, or bedrock, is a dense, continuous mass of mineral material that cannot be mined through.
FALSE
10. Natural rock often occurs as monolithic and unvarying in composition or structure.
FALSE
11. Bedrock is generally the strongest and most stable material on which a building can be founded.
TRUE
12. Soil is a general term referring to any earth material that is a particulate.
TRUE
13. Gravel and sand are collectively referred to as fine-grained soils.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
14. Unlike larger-grained particles, clay is flat or-plate shaped rather than spherical.
TRUE
15. Organic soils like peat are often chosen for the support of building foundations.
FALSE
16. A material with high shear strength is able to better resist internal sliding than a material with lower shear stress.
TRUE
17. Soils that rely primarily on internal friction for strength are termed cohesionless.
TRUE
18. The spaces between soil particles is called soil pores. As the particle size increases, the soil pores get smaller.
FALSE
19. Soil liquification is a phenomenon where water-saturated sands or silts may lose virtually all of their strength and behave as a liquid when subjected to sudden, large changes in load, such as may occur during an earthquake.
TRUE
20.Clay particles tend to arrange themselves into more complex internal structures, called fabric, as particles aggregate into sheet-like or other geometric arrangements.
TRUE
21.There is sufficient shear strength in cohesionless, unconfined soil to prevent excavation walls from collapsing even when dug at steep angles.
FALSE
22. Cohesive soils tend to be hard when dry and moldable, or plastic, when moist.
TRUE
23. A liquid limit is a measure of how much moisture content can be sustained in a soil before the soil takes on a flowable consistency.
TRUE
24. Clays with very large particle size and low liquid limits are most susceptible to expansive behavior.
FALSE
25. Gradation describes the range of particle sizes present within any soil sample, and poorly graded soil consists of particles that are extremely varied in range of sizes.
FALSE
26. Uniformly graded material is composed of particles within a limited, narrow size range to produce the most compact arrangement, limiting the empty space within the material.
FALSE
27. Aggregate used in pervious concrete may be gap graded, ensuring a sufficient particle size distribution to produce a strong concrete that also includes sufficient void space such that stormwater can effectively drain through the finished concrete.
TRUE
28. Rock and coarse-grained soils are generally the most stable materials for supporting foundations, behaving more consistently under varying moisture content than fine-grained soils.
TRUE
29. An example of consolidation is when clay with high moisture content is put under continuous pressure, water can be slowly pressed out of it, with a corresponding gradual reduction in soil volume.
TRUE
30. Two important elements of a good soil for general-purpose fill is stability and drainability.
FALSE
31. Test pits are used for investigation of a site’s soil conditions and are able to determine soil strata and subsurface water conditions.
TRUE
32. The elevation at which soil is fully saturated with groundwater is called the water table.
TRUE
33. Test pits excavated in less permeable fine-grained soils still quickly fill up with water to the level of the water table.
FALSE
34. Soil density and potential bearing capacity are evaluated by counting hammer blows with an open-ended hollow tube called a penetration sampler.
TRUE
35. Load tests are performed on the construction site to determine the potential weight of the finished construction.
FALSE
36. Soil gradation is determined using a collection of sieves with varying spacings.
TRUE
37. A soil’s plastic limit defines the water content at which the soil transitions from solid to plastic.
TRUE
38. Information on subsurface properties at any location can be found in the government regulated geotechnical report.
FALSE
39. One possible reason for excavation is to remove native soils that are contaminated or too weak or unstable to build over.
TRUE
40. Shoring is construction used to support the sides of an excavation and prevent its collapse.
TRUE
41. Soldier beams and lagging is an example of pneumatically applied concrete.
FALSE
42. Pneumatically applied concrete is a stiff concrete mixture sprayed directly from a hose onto the soil shortly after the soil is excavated.
TRUE
43. Soil-mixed excavation support always remains in place, becoming a permanent part of the subgrade construction.
TRUE
44. An example of ground improvement is to remediate biologically or chemically contaminated soil by adding chemicals that neutralize the contamination.
TRUE
45. A slurry wall is a coating of quick drying cement sprayed over loose ground to prevent runoff.
FALSE
46. A clamshell bucket is used in the excavation for a slurry wall, operated by a crane.
TRUE
47. A slurry is a viscous mixture of water and bentonite clay or polymers used to exert pressure against the earthen walls during a deep excavation.
TRUE
48. Contiguous pier excavation support consists of cylindrical concrete piers spaced widely apart and formed with steel reinforcing.
FALSE
49. When contiguous piers are spaced so that their edges encircle the perimeter of the construction site, it’s called a tangent wall.
FALSE
50. Rakers and crosslot bracing make the excavation process easier by decreasing the limitations on earth removal methods and equipment.
FALSE
51. Excavation in fractured rock must always be done with sheeting to stabilize the blocks.
FALSE
52. Soil nailing involves a length of steel bar inserted into a nearly horizontal hole drilled deep into the soil and injected with grout to bind the bar (or nail) to the surrounding soil.
TRUE
53. The function of bracing and tiebacks in excavations is eventually taken over by the floor structure of the basement levels of a building, which is designed to resist lateral loads from the surrounding earth acting on the substructure walls.
TRUE
54. Most excavations require some form of dewatering, or removal of water from the excavation or surrounding soil.
TRUE
55. Low points in the excavation, where water tends to accumulate, are called sumps.
TRUE
56. Well points are used to depress the water table, made of vertical pipes inserted into the ground with screened openings at the bottom that keep out soil particles.
TRUE
57. Soil freezing is when an array of vertical pipes is used to freeze water in excavation tunnels to help support the earthen walls.
FALSE
58. Shallow foundations transfer building loads to the earth close to the base of the structure.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
59. Deep foundations, either piles or caissons, extend downward through layers of weak or unstable strata to reach more competent soil or rock deeper within the earth.
TRUE
60. Crosslot bracing uses permanent steel wide-flange columns that are driven into the earth at points where braces will cross to form a subsurface foundation.
FALSE
61. Where excavation is too deep, rakers are used instead of crosslot bracing.
FALSE
62. Where soil permits, tiebacks are preferred over rakers and crosslot bracing because of the hinderance the later two place on the excavation process.
TRUE
63. Well points are often offer a secondary benefit to neighboring buildings by lowering the water table beneath their foundations.
FALSE
64. Wood foundation piles that are usually immersed in water tend to decay once they come in contact with air caused by the water table being lowered by well points.
TRUE
65. Most shallow foundations are simple spread footings that take concentrated loads from above and spread them out across an area of soil large enough that a safe soil pressure is not exceeded.
TRUE
66. Engineered fill is higher-strength, more stable soil material that may be brought from offsite to replace native soil in areas where the soil is unsuitable at bearing level.
TRUE
67. In cold climates, footings must be placed below the frost line, the level to which the ground freezes in the winter.
TRUE
68. In climates with little or no ground freezing, the thickened edges of a concrete slab on grade can function as simple, inexpensive spread footings for any height of building that does not have a basement.
FALSE
69. Strip footings are stepped to maintain the required depth of footing at all points around the building when building on slopes.
TRUE
70. Combined footings and cantilever footings are used to solve the problem of poor foundation stability on finished constructions.
FALSE
71. Shallow frost-protected foundations are footings placed closer to the ground surface and is insulated in a way that the ground underneath, in an area where the frost line is deep, them cannot freeze.
TRUE
72. A floating (compensated) foundation changes the load on the underlying soil very little and minimizes settlement by placing the foundation at such a depth that it’s three feet deeper than the height of the building above ground.
FALSE
73. A cassion, or drilled pier, is different from a column footing in that it extends through the strata of unsatisfactory soil beneath the structure of a building until it reaches a more suitable stratum.
TRUE
74. Belled cassions are practical only where the bell can be excavated in a cohesive soil that will retain its shape at least until the concrete Is poured.
TRUE
75. While cassions are forcibly driven into the earth, piles are placed by drilling and pouring.
FALSE
76. If a pile is driven until its tip encounters firm resistance from a suitable bearing stratum such as rock, dense sands, or gravels, it is an end bearing pile.
TRUE
77. A pile cannot develop a sufficient load-carrying capacity in the case where no firm bearing layer can be reached.
FALSE
78. Friction piles are driven to refusal, the point at which little additional penetration is made with continuing blows of the hammer.
FALSE
79. Reinforced concrete grade beams are constructed between pile caps or cassions to transmit the forces of loadbearing walls.
TRUE
80. In certain types of soil, piles can be driven more efficiently by vibration than by hammer blows alone, using a vibratory hammer mechanism.
TRUE
81. Piles may be made of wood, steel, concrete, or various combinations of these materials.
TRUE
82. Heaving is the upward displacement of adjacent soil which may occur more often when using irregularly shaped piles like steel H-piles.
FALSE
83. Advantages of precast concrete piles include high load capacity and freedom from corrosion or decay.
TRUE
84. Pressure-injected footing, or compaction-grouted footing, densifies and strengthens the surrounding soil by compacting a mixture of concrete or grout into a predrilled hole.
TRUE
85. In areas where very strong earthquakes are common, very large buildings may be protected from the strong lateral forces by means of base isolators.
TRUE
86. Underpinning is the strengthening and stabilizing of an existing foundation.
TRUE
87. Where building substructures enclose basements, parking garages, or other useable spaces, substantial concrete barriers are used to keep groundwater out.
FALSE
88. Waterproofing and dampproofing are similar methods of protecting enclosed substructures from water entry from very wet soils or when foundations are submerged below the surrounding water table.
FALSE
89. Integral waterproofing is added to wet concrete mixture to plug up small pores and microcracks in hardened concrete, making the concrete itself more watertight.
TRUE
90. Waterstops made of plastic, synthetic rubber, metal, or other materials can be cast into joints that occur in foundation construction between separate concrete pours to block the passage of water through these especially vulnerable locations.
TRUE
91. Horizontal membranes are used to guard against future foundational leaks and must be tested and inspected on its ability to keep all groundwater out of the soil beneath the building.
FALSE
92. One method for testing the integrity of a horizontal membrane is flood testing, in which a building is pumped full of water overnight and then checked for leaks.
FALSE
93. Concrete slab on grade foundations do not require insulation when sufficiently far below grade.
TRUE
94. Radon is a cancer-causing gas that occurs naturally within soils and whose prevalence varies by region and locality.
TRUE
95. Passive radon control is used to minimize gas infiltration into a building with certain air conditioner filters certified for this use by ASTM and other independent organizations.
FALSE
96. Gabions are a form of earth retention in which corrosion resistant wire baskets are filled with plastic bags and then stacked for form retaining walls and slope protection.
FALSE
97. Each lift of replacement soil may range from four inches to roughly a foot deep and compacted before the next lift is added.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
98. Controlled low-strength material (CLSM) is a manufactured fill material made purposefully weak enough to be washed away with the next rain.
FALSE
Drainage: Removal of water.
Dampproofing: A coating intended to resist the passage of water, commonly applied to the outside face of basement walls or to the inner face of a cavity in a masonry cavity wall.
Waterproofing: Material acting as a barrier to the flow of water and capable of withstanding hydrostatic pressure.
Blind-side waterproofing:
An impervious layer or coating on the outside of a foundation wall that, for reasons of inaccessibility, was installed before the wall was constructed.
Flood test: The submersion of a horizontal waterproofing system, usually for an extended period of time, to check for leaks.
Protection board: Semirigid board or sheet material placed over a waterproofing or roofing layer, to protect the layer from damage.
Retaining wall: A wall that resists horizontal soil pressures at an abrupt change in ground elevation.
Guided Reading Questions
Foundation Requirements
Must transmit building loads
to the rock or soil on which it rests
Must not fail
, resulting in building collapse
Must not settle so much
as to damage structure or impair function
Must be economically and technically feasible
, and without adverse affects on surrounding structures
Foundation Settlement
Uniform settlement
: May disrupt building services where they enter building, or damage elements, such as stairs and walks, at the building/site interface
Differential settlement
: May cause damage to finishes, cladding, and other components where building becomes distorted.
Earth Materials
Classifying Earth Materials
Rock: continuous mass of solid mineral material
o
Generally, the strongest, most stable of earth materials
o
Strength varies with mineral content and physical structure
Soil: particulate
o
Characteristics and suitability for foundation support vary with particle size and shape, mineral content, and sensitivity to moisture content
Excavation
Excavation Support
Sloped or benched excavation is less expensive than sheeted excavation, but requires a site without nearby property lines, adjacent structures, or other limits on excavation.
Slope Support - Deep Excavations
Types of Site Conditions
Unrestricted Site – area sufficiently larger that the building footprint
Restricted Site – area constricted / limited
Slurry Wall
Steps
Layout
Excavate the soil
Interject Slurry to prevent Collapse as excavation Continues
Install Reinforcing
Place Concrete (replaces the slurry mix)
Dewatering
Types of Dewatering Systems
Sump Pumps- letting water in & then removing
Well Points- removing water before excavation
Watertight Barrier Wall- attempting to keep water out
Foundations
Column footing
Wall footing (strip footing)
Footings appear in many forms in different foundation systems:
Slab On Grade- climates with little or no ground frost, a concrete slab on grade with thick ends edges is the least expensive foundation and floor system for a one and two story building
Crawlspace- for floors raised above the ground. Crawlspace is often used under a floor structure of wood or steel and give much better access to underfloor piping and wiring
Basement-for floors raised above the ground
Deep Foundations
Where the soils directly below the building substructure are weak or unstable, deep foundations transmit building loads to deeper, more competent, soils.
Basic Types:
Drilled and poured
Driven
Caissons
Similar to a column footing - only deep
Drilled to required bearing capacity
Point bearing (exception - socketed)
Caisson Installation Sequence
Hole drilled with a large drill rig
Casing installed (typically)
Bell or Tip enlargement (optional)
Bottom inspected and tested
Reinforced
Concrete placement (and casing removal)
Driven Piles
Two basic types of Piles
End bearing pile - point loading
Friction pile - load transferred by friction resistance between the pile and the earth
Pile material
Steel; H- piles, Steel pipe
Concrete; Site cast or Precast
Wood; Timber
Composite
Waterproofing and Drainage
Dampproofing materials are water-resistant.
Waterproofing materials are resistant to hydrostatic pressure.
MODULE 2
Table of contents
Weekly Readings
Chapter 13 - Concrete Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Why concrete is such important material?
o
Concrete Properties
o
Cement and Concrete
o
Making and Placing Concrete
o
Reinforcing
o
Prestressing
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 14 - Site Cast Concrete
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Concrete Construction - Options
o
Casting on a Concrete Slab on Grade
o
Casting a Concrete Wall
o
Casting a Concrete Column
o
Elevated Framing Systems
o
One-Way Floor and Roof Framing Systems
o
Two-Way Floor and Roof Framing Systems
o
Site Cast Post-tensioning Systems
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 15 – Precast Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Precast Concrete
o
Precast Prestressed Concrete Structural Elements
o
Manufacturing of Precast Concrete Structural Elements
o
Joining Precast Concrete Elements
o
Precast Elements and Other Structural Materials
o
Additional Resources
Weekly Readings
This week you will need to read Chapters 13, 14 and 15 in your textbook. As you are reading, focus on various reinforcement methods within concrete systems, including formwork, beams, columns, prestressed and post stressed members. Chapter 13 - Concrete Construction
Thought Points
Focus on difference between cement and concrete and concrete components.
Focus on the process of making and placing concrete.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Key Terms
Portland cement
: A gray or white powder, composed principally of calcium silicates, which, when combined with water, hydrates to form the binder in concrete, mortar, and stucco.
Concrete
: A structural material produced by mixing predetermined amounts of cement, aggregates, and water and allowing this mixture to cure under controlled conditions.
Aggregate
: Inert particles, such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, or expanded minerals, in a concrete, mortar, or plaster.
Coarse aggregate
: Gravel or crushed stone in a concrete mix. fine aggregate
Fine aggregate
: Sand used in concrete, mortar, or plaster mixes.
Curing
: The hardening of concrete, plaster, gunnable sealant, or other wet materials. It can occur through evaporation of water or a solvent, hydration, polymerization, or chemical reactions of various types, depending on the formulation of the material.
Hydration
: The process by which cements combine chemically with water to harden.
Heat of hydration
: The thermal energy given off by concrete or gypsum as it cures.
Drying shrinkage
: Shrinkage of concrete, mortar, or plaster that occurs as excess water evaporates from the material.
Clinker
: A fused, pebble-like mass that is an intermediate product of cement manufacture; a brick that is over-burned.
Air-Entraining Cement
: Ingredients added generate bubbles during concrete mixing that create small, distributed voids in the finished concrete.
White portland cement
: A portland cement that is white in color; used for architectural concrete where greater color control is required.
High-volume fly ash concrete (HVFA concrete)
: A concrete in which a high percentage of cementing substance is sly ash rather than portland cement.
Lightweight aggregate
: Low-density aggregate used to make lightweight concrete, mortar, and plaster; in concrete, aggregate with a density of less than 70 lb/ fo (1120 kg/mo).
Structural lightweight aggregate
: Lightweight aggregate with sufficient density and strength for use in structural concrete.
Expanded shale aggregate
: A structural lightweight aggregate made from ground shale particles that have been heated to the point that moisture within the particles vaporizes, causing the particles to expand.
Vermiculite
: Expanded mica, used as an insulating fill or lightweight aggregate.
Perlite
: Expanded volcanic glass, used as a lightweight aggregate in concrete and plaster and as an insulating fill.
Water—cement ratio
: An expression of the relative proportions, by weight, of water and cement in a concrete mixture.
Supplementary cementitious material (SCM)
: Hydraulic cementitious material or pozzolan mixed with portland cement to modify the cement product's properties or lower the energy required to manufacture the cement.
Pozzolan
: A supplementary cementitious material, such as fly ash, silica fume, and some naturally occurring shales and clays, that has few or no inherent cementitious properties but that, in the presence of moisture, can react with calcium hydroxide released by other cementitious materials to create a hydraulic cement product. The Romans mixed natural pozzolans with lime to make the first hydraulic cement.
Fly ash
: Dust collected in the stacks of coal-fired power plants, used as a supplementary cementitious material in concrete and mortar.
Silica fume
: Very finely divided silicon dioxide, a pozzolan, used as an admixture in the formulation of high-strength, low-permeability concrete; also called microsilica.
High-reactivity metakaolin
: A whitecolored natural pozzolan that enhances appearance, workability, and hardened properties of concrete.
Blast furnace slag
: A hydraulic cementitious material formed as a byproduct of iron manufacture, used in mortar and concrete mixtures, also called slag cement.
Hydraulic cements
: Cementitious materials, such as portland cement or blast furnace slag, that harden by reacting with water and whose hardened products are not water soluble.
Blended hydraulic cement
: Hydraulic cement made from a mixture of cementitious materials such as portland cement, other hydraulic cements, and pozzolans for the purpose of altering one or more properties of the cement or reducing the energy required in the cement manufacturing process.
Admixture
: In a concrete or mortar, a substance other than cementitious material, water, and aggregates included in the mixture for the purpose of altering one or more properties of the mixed material, either in its plastic working state or after it has hardened.
Air-entraining admixture
: An admixture that causes a controlled quantity of stable microscopic air bubbles to form in concrete or mortar during mixing, usually for the purposes of increasing workability and resistance to freeze-
thaw conditions.
Water-reducing admixture
: Concrete admixture that allows a reduction in the amount of mixing water while retaining the same workability, resulting in higher strength concrete.
High-range water-reducing admixture, Superplasticizer
: An admixture that makes wet concrete or grout extremely fluid without additional water.
Accelerating admixture
: An admixture that causes concrete or mortar to cure more rapidly.
Retarding admixture
: An admixture used to slow the curing of concrete, mortar, or plaster.
Workability agent
: Admixture for concrete that improves the plasticity of wet material to make it easier to place in forms and to finish.
Shrinkage-reducing admixture
: A concrete additive that reduces drying shrinkage and the cracking that results.
Corrosion inhibitor
: A concrete, mortar, or plaster admixture intended to prevent oxidation of steel reinforcing bars.
Freeze protection admixture
: A concrete or mortar additive, used to allow curing under conditions of low ambient temperature.
Extended set-control admixture
: A substance that retards the onset of the curing reaction in concrete so that the material may be used over a protracted period of time after mixing.
Water-cement ratio, w-c ratio
: An expression of the relative proportions, by weight, of water and cement in a concrete mixture.
Transit-mixed concrete
: Concrete mixed in a drum on the back of a truck as it is transported to the building site.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Slump test
: A test in which wet concrete or plaster is placed in a cone-shaped metal mold of specified dimensions and allowed to sag under its own weight after the cone is removed. The vertical distance between the height of the mold and the height of the slumped mixture is an index of the material's working consistency.
Slurry
: A watery mixture of insoluble materials with a high concentration of suspended solids .
Segregation
: Separation of the constituents of wet concrete caused by excessive handling or vibration.
Dropchute
: A flexible hose-like tube for placing concrete; used to break the fall of the concrete and prevent segregation.
Consolidate
: In freshly poured concrete, to eliminate trapped air and cause the concrete to fill completely around the reinforcing bars and into all the corners of the formwork; usually done by vibrating the concrete.
Self-consolidating concrete (SCC)
: Concrete formulated so that it is highly flowable and fills formwork completely without needing consolidation.
Formwork
: Structures, usually temporary, that give shape to poured concrete and support it and keep it moist as it cures.
Form release compound
: A substance applied to concrete formwork to prevent concrete from adhering.
Precast concrete
: Concrete cast and cured in a location other than its final position in the structure.
Sitecast concrete
: Concrete that is poured and cured in its final position in a building; cast in place concrete.
Reinforced concrete
: Concrete work into which steel bars have been embedded to impart tensile strength to the construction.
Steel reinforcing bars
: Hot-rolled, deformed steel bars used to impart tensile strength and ductility to concrete or masonry structures; rebar.
Deformed reinforcing bar
: Steel reinforcing bars with surface ribs for better bonding to concrete.
Welded wire reinforcing (WWR)
: A welded grid of steel reinforcing wires or bars, used most commonly for reinforcing of slabs; also called welded wire fabric (WWF).
Bottom bar
: A reinforcing bar that lies close to the bottom of a beam or slab.
Cover
: In concrete, a specified thickness of concrete surrounding reinforcing bars to provide full embedment for the bars and protect them against fire and corrosion.
Bond
: In masonry, the adhesive force between mortar and masonry units, or the pattern in which masonry units are laid to tie two or more wythes together into a structural unit. In reinforced concrete, the adhesion between the surface of a reinforcing bar and the surrounding concrete.
Hook
: A semicircular bend in the end of a reinforcing bar, made for the purpose of anchoring the end of the bar securely into the surrounding concrete.
Stirrup
: A vertical loop of steel bar used to reinforce a concrete beam against diagonal tension forces.
U-stirrup
: An open-top, U-shaped loop of steel bar used as reinforcing against diagonal tension in a concrete beam.
Stirrup-tie
: A stirrup that forms a complete loop, as differentiated from a U-stirrup, which has an open top.
Chair
: A device used to support reinforcing bars.
Bolster
: A long chair used to support reinforcing bars in a concrete slab.
One-way action
: The structural action of a slab that spans between two parallel beams or bearing walls.
Shrinkage temperature steel
: Reinforcing bars laid at right angles to the principal bars in a oneway slab for the purpose of preventing excessive cracking caused by drying shrinkage or temperature stresses in the concrete.
Two-way action
: Bending of a slab or deck in which bending stresses are approximately equal in the two principal directions of the structure.
Vertical bar
: An upright reinforcing bar in a concrete column; also called a column bar .
Tie
: A device for holding two parts of a construction together; a structural device that acts in tension.
Column spiral
: A continuous coil of steel reinforcing used to tie a concrete column.
Column tie
: A single loop of steel bar, usually bent into a rectangular configuration, used to tie a concrete column.
Fibrous reinforcing
: Short fibers of glass, steel, or polypropylene mixed into concrete to act as either microfiber reinforcing or macrofiber reinforcing.
Microfiber reinforcing
: In concrete, fibrous reinforcement against plastic shrinkage cracking. See also Macrofiber reinforcing.
Macrofiber reinforcing
: In concrete, fibrous reinforcement capable of providing resistance to drying shrinkage and thermal stresses, and in some specialized concretes, also capable of acting as primary reinforcing. See also Microfiber reinforcing.
Plastic shrinkage cracking
: Cracking in freshly mixed concrete, most commonly in slabs, that occurs when the surface of the concrete dries too rapidly.
Creep
: A permanent inelastic deformation in a material due to changes in the material caused by the prolonged application of a structural stress; common in wood, concrete, and plastics.
Prestressing
: Applying an initial compressive stress to a concrete structural member, either by pretensioning or postlemsioning.
Prestressed concrete
: Concrete that has been pretensioned or posttensioned.
Pretensioning
: Compressing the concrete in a structural member by pouring the concrete for the member around stretched high-strength steel strands, curing the concrete, and releasing the extermal tensioning force on the strands.
Camber
: A slight, intentional curvature in a beam or slab.
Posttensioning
: Compressing the concrete in a structural member by tensioning high-strength steel tendons against it after the concrete has cured.
Tendon
: A steel strand used for pre-stressing a concrete member.
Draped tendon
: A posttensioning strand placed along a curving profile that approximates the path of the tensile forces in a beam.
Pervious concrete:
Concrete with a high percentage of void space, used as a paving material that allows stormwater to pass through.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Guided Reading Questions
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. The Romans were the inventors of concrete construction.
TRUE
2. The mortar the Romans discovered was weaker when it hardened underwater.
FALSE
3. Reinforced concrete is concrete embedded with steel bars that resist tensile forces.
TRUE
4. The name “portland,” for the cementitious component of concrete remains in use today.
TRUE
5. Concrete is a rocklike material produced by mixing coarse and fine aggregates, portland cement, and water and allowing the mixture to harden.
TRUE
6. Fine aggregate is normally gravel or crushed stone, and coarse aggregate is sand.
FALSE
7. Type 1 cement is used for most purposes in construction.
TRUE
8. Fly ash, also known as microsilica, is a powder that is approximately 100 times finer than portland cement, consisting mostly of silicon dioxide.
FALSE
9. Large batches of concrete in North America are not mixed until they reach the job site.
FALSE
10. Freshly mixed concrete is a liquid.
FALSE
11. Segregation is prevented by depositing the concrete, fresh from the mixer, as close to its final position as possible.
TRUE
12. Once placed, concrete must be consolidated to eliminate trapped air and to completely fill the space around the reinforcing bars and in all corners of the formwork.
TRUE
13. Form release compounds are an oil, wax, or plastic that prevents adhesion of the concrete to the form.
TRUE
14. Precasting is a process in which concrete is cast in single use forms at an industrial plant.
FALSE
15. Reinforcing bars in concrete structures that are exposed to salts, such as deicing salts or those in seawater, are prone to rust.
TRUE
16. Steel reinforcing bars (rebar) are square in cross section.
FALSE
17. Steel reinforcing bars (rebar) are deformed with surface ribs that help strengthen the bond between the bars and the concrete in which they are cast.
TRUE
18. Increasing bar sizes and decreasing the spacing between the bars reduces rebar congestion.
FALSE
19. As an alternative to conventional reinforcing bars, reinforcing is also produced in sheets or rolls of welded wire.
TRUE
20. In an ideal, simply supported beam under uniform loading, compressive (squeezing) forces follow a set of archlike curves that create a maximum stress in the top of the beam at midspan, with progressively lower compressive stresses toward either end.
TRUE
21. When placed under sustained compressive stress from its own weight, the weight of other permanent building components, or the force of prestressing, concrete will gradually and permanently shorten over a period of months or years. This is called shrink.
FALSE
22. Pretensioning is done almost exclusively in place on the building site.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
23. The net effect of posttensioning is the same as that of pretensioning.
TRUE
24. Pretensioning is useful only for concrete members cast in precasting plants.
TRUE
25. Among the major structural materials, concrete is unique in that the largest share of it is manufactured in-place on the construction site rather than in a factory.
TRUE
26. Of all the major structural building materials, concrete seems the least subject to continual innovation in its formulation and capabilities.
FALSE
27. Engineered cementitious composites (ECCs) are precisely tailored mixtures of polymer fiber-reinforcing, cementitious materials, and fine aggregate that produce concretes with higher tensile strength and ductility.
TRUE
28. Engineered cementitious composites (ECCs) exhibit stress–strain behavior unlike ductile metals, resulting in materials with decreased durability under flexural and seismic loads.
FALSE
29. The hardening of concrete is called curing.
TRUE
30. During the curing process of concrete, considerable heat, called heat of hydration, is given off.
TRUE
31. Air-entraining cements contain ingredients that cause microscopic air bubbles to form in the concrete during mixing.
TRUE
32. When a concrete building is demolished, its reinforcing steel cannot be recycled.
FALSE
33. The strength of a concrete is not dependent on the quality of its aggregates.
FALSE
34. Pozzolans are materials that react with the calcium hydroxide in wet concrete to form cementing compounds.
TRUE
35. Silica fume is not considered a Pozzolan.
FALSE
Why concrete is such important material?
Universal material of construction
Readily available- globally
Good properties- does not rot or burn
Relatively low cost
Can be use for every building purpose
Concrete Properties
Versatile
Pliable when mixed
Strong & Durable
Does not Rust or Rot
Does Not Need a Coating
Resists Fire
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Cement and Concrete
Concrete Ingredients
Fine aggregate (sand)
Coarse aggregate (gravel)
o
Coarse and fine aggregate provide the structural mass of the concrete and constitute the majority of the concrete volume.
Portland cement (Calcium silicates)
o
Cement binds the aggregate.
Water
o
Water is necessary for the chemical hydration of the cement and the hardening of the concrete.
Portland Cement
Generic Term
Man Made Product
Fine gray powder
Glue (Binder)
Curing - Hydration (a chemical process)
Air-Entraining Cement
Ingredients added generate bubbles
during concrete mixing that create small, distributed voids in the finished concrete.
Greater resistance to freeze-thaw damage
.
Air-entrained concrete also has improved workability
when wet.
Air entraining reduces concrete strength
, unless the proportions of other ingredients in the concrete mix are adjusted to compensate.
ASTM C150 Cement Types
Type I: General purpose
Types II and Type V: For concrete in contact with soils or water with high sulfate concentrations
Type III: For cold weather construction, concrete precast in plants, accelerated construction schedules
Type IV: For massive structures, such as dams, where the heat generated during hydration must be limited to avoid excessive temperatures
Aggregates
Coarse and fine aggregate make up 60 to 80% of the total concrete volume.
Most aggregate comes from natural sand and gravel deposits or is made from crushed rock.
Artificial aggregates may come from:
o
Blast furnace slag
o
Fly ash
o
Recycled concrete
o
Thermally treated clay, shale, and other minerals
Aggregates- Strength
Strength of concrete is heavily dependent on the quality of the aggregates:
o
Porosity
o
Size distribution
o
Moisture absorption
o
Shape and surface texture
o
Strength, elasticity, density, soundness
o
Contamination or detrimental substances
Aggregate Size Distribution
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Grading: Distribution of aggregate particle sizes
Generally, a lower percentage of void space between particles results in a stronger concrete
that requires less cement.
To reduce void volume, a graded range of aggregates varying in size
is used.
Aggregate grading also affects workability of wet concrete.
Lightweight Aggregates: Used to make lighter-weight concrete
Structural lightweight concrete:
o
Roughly 80 percent or less of the weight of ordinary concrete
o
Reduced structure weight saves costs
o
Lower thermal conductivity increases resistance to building fires
Nonstructural lightweight concrete:
o
Roughly 60 percent or less of the weight of ordinary concrete
o
Insulating roof toppings
o
Fill material
Expanded shale, clay, slate, slag
Cinders and other volcanic rocks
Vermiculate
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Perlite
Aggregates
Must be:
Clean, Strong
Resistant to freeze-thaw
Chemically stable
Properly Graded
o
mix distribution &
o
installation space
ASTM laboratory tests
Admixtures
used to alter concrete properties
Air-entraining admixtures
Water-reducing admixtures
High range water-reducers - superplasticizers
Accelerating & retarding admixtures
Fly ash
Workability agents
Fibrous admixtures
Coloring agents
E.g., High-strength concrete for very tall buildings:
Supplementary Cementitious Materials, for greater strength
Water reducers, to increase concrete strength while maintaining workability
Admixtures to improve pumpability
Retarding admixtures, to allow adequate time for placing
Water
Water is an essential ingredient in concrete, that combines chemically with the cement as the concrete hardens.
Water must be free of contaminants.
The quantity of water in the concrete mix must be controlled as closely as any other ingredient:
o
Adding unneeded water dilutes the cement paste, weakening the hardened concrete.
Effect of Water-Cement Ratio
Why strength reduced?
Extra water - evaporates, leaving microscopic voids that impair the strength and surface qualities.
Making and Placing Concrete
Concrete Mix Design
Science
Establishes Materials & Proportions
A process to establish the desired:
o
Workability of wet concrete
o
Physical properties of cured concrete
o
Acceptable Cost
Coordinated / Approved by Engineer
Requirements for Quality Concrete
Proper Selection of Materials
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Correct proportioning, mixing, & material transport
Careful placing and consolidation
Skillful finishing
Adequate curing
Concrete Quality
Workability: Ease of placing, consolidating, & finishing wet concrete
Structural properties when hardened: Strength, stiffness, durability
Many other important properties:
o
Ease of placement
o
Rate of early strength gain
o
Degree shrinkage during curing
o
Flatness, for slabs and paving
o
Surface hardness, for industrial slabs
o
Porosity
o
Density
o
Surface appearance
o
Cost
o
and more…
Concrete Strength
Concrete strength varies with design of the concrete mix.
Normal strength concrete
o
Up to 6000 psi compressive strength
o
Made with conventional ingredients
High-strength concrete
o
Greater than 6000 psi to roughly 20,000 psi
o
Supplementary cementitious materials are required to reach higher strengths.
o
Lower water content, required for higher strength, results in a stiff, unworkable mixture when wet.
To compensate, water reducing admixtures or high-range water reducing admixtures (superplasticizers) are used to improve workability.
Concrete Compressive Strength
Specified by 28 Day Compressive Strength
o
Measured in pounds of compressive strength per square inch (psi)
Primarily Determined By:
o
Amount of Cement
o
Water-Cement Ratio
o
Other influencing factors:
Admixture(s)
Aggregate Selection & Gradation
Strength Ranges: 2000 - 22,000+ psi
Concrete Measurement, Mixing, Transport & Testing
Unit of Measure - Cubic Yard
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Plant Certification
Mixing
Transport (transit mixed- 9 to12 CY)
Slump Test
Test Cylinders
“In Place” Coring, if Required
Mixing Concrete
Most concrete is prepared at batch plants and delivered
to the construction site in transit-mix (ready mix) trucks.
The concrete ingredients are mixed in the rotating drum of the truck
so that the concrete is ready to pour on arrival at the construction site.
Smaller batches of concrete may be prepared on site by hand or with the aid of portable power mixers
.
Slump Test
The slump test provides a rough measure of the workability
of concrete while wet.
Concrete is placed into a conical cylinder; the cylinder is removed, and the loss in height of the concrete mass is measured.
o
Concrete with too low slump may be difficult to place.
o
Concrete with too high slump may have had too much water added.
Specified maximum slump is usually in the range of 3 to 5 inches.
Slump tests are performed on batches of concrete as the arrive on the concrete site.
Strength Test Cylinders
Test cylinders may be cast from each batch of concrete delivered to the construction site.
Cylinders are returned to the laboratory, cured under controlled conditions, and then strength-tested at appropriate times.
Cylinders can also be cured on site in conditions similar to that for the cast concrete (e.g. remove formwork or subject cast concrete to construction loads)
Building Materials
Material
Tension
Compression
Wood
700 psi
1,100 psi
Brick
0 psi
250 psi
Steel
22,000 psi
22,000 psi
Concrete
0 psi
2,000 to 22,000+
Placing Concrete
Avoid delays- concrete can stiffen and become difficult to place.
Concrete that does stiffen can have water added prior to placing, provided that:
o
Maximum w/c ratio is not exceeded
o
Maximum slump is not exceeded
o
Agitation limits are not exceeded
Concrete may be placed on site directly from the discharge chute of a transit-mix truck, or by combination of wheelbarrows, power buggies, crane-lifted buckets (right), conveyor belts, pumpers, or other devices.
Segregation, separation of large aggregate from the finer portions of the mix, must be avoided.
Place concrete as close to final position as possible.
Do not push concrete over large horizontal distances.
Avoid dropping concrete from high heights or discharging against obstacles (use drop chutes if needed).
Consolidating Concrete
Consolidation- eliminates voids and air pockets within the concrete pour.
o
Hand rodding or tamping
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Screeding (top)
o
Internal vibration (bottom)
o
External vibration
Consolidation is especially critical with stiff concrete mixes
or when concrete is placed around densely packed reinforcing arrays
.
Over-consolidation must be avoided
, as it can lead to segregation of aggregate as larger particles descend and finer components rise to toward the surface.
Concrete Segregation
Segregation - Mix “Separates”
Results - Non-uniformity & Unsatisfactory properties
Common Causes:
o
Excessive Vibration
o
Dropping From Excessive Heights
o
Moving Concrete Horizontally
Concrete Curing
Hydration- the chemical bonding of water and cement.
Concrete strength is normally specified at 28 days.
Exposed surfaces of newly poured concrete must be protected from evaporation and drying.
Methods to Keep Moist
Formwork
Application of H2O
Covering
Curing Compound
Curing - Temperature Extremes
Hot Weather
o
Issues: Premature Drying / Accelerated Curing
o
Solutions:
Ice Substituted for Water
Early or Late Placement Times
Cold Weather
o
Issues: Hydration proceeds much slower and Risk of Freezing
o
Solutions: Blankets (Cover), Temporary Heat
Concrete Formwork
Temporary Structure- to hold freshly poured concrete in the desired shape
Protects newly poured concrete from drying too quickly
.
Must be designed to support:
o
Concrete & Reinforcing
o
Construction Loading
o
Be easily stripped once concrete is cured
In conventional concrete construction, formwork can account for half or more of total concrete construction costs
.
Form release compounds- oils, waxes, or plastic coatings
o
Applied to formwork surfaces to prevent adhesion of the formwork to the concrete and ease formwork removal.
Quality of the finished concrete surface
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Quality of the form material
o
Structural Strength (including the form tie and framing spacing)
Formwork Materials
TYPES:
Wood
Metal
Plastic/Fiberglass
Cardboard
Reinforcing
Concrete Reinforcing
Concrete has no useful tensile strength—ability to resist pulling forces.
Steel bars or wires are laid into concrete along lines of tension, to provide resistance to these forces.
Steel and concrete work well together.
o
The two materials have similar rates of thermal expansion/contraction.
o
The alkaline chemistry of the concrete protects the steel from corrosion.
o
The two materials bond well, allowing them to work as a single structural composite.
Steel Reinforcing Bars
Steel reinforcing bars (rebar):
most common concrete reinforcing material
.
Hot-rolled steel
, deformed with surface ridges so as to better bond with concrete.
Bar sizes are numbered- diameter of the bar in 8ths of an inch.
o
#4 bar is 1/2 in. diameter
o
#8 bar is 1 in. diameter
Bars are made with steel grades of varying strength.
Higher strength bars are used to reduce
rebar congestion
, where reinforcing becomes crowded and concrete placement becomes more difficult.
Reinforcing Support
Reinforcing Support
o
Chairs or bolsters
o
Properly position the steel
Reinforcing Special Coatings
Galvanized or Epoxy Coated
Exposure to Salts or Sea Water
Welded Wire Reinforcing
Welded wire reinforcing (WWR) or welded wire fabric (WWF): Prefabricated, welded grids
of reinforcing bars or wires
Especially common for concrete slab reinforcing
.
Designation example:
6x12-W12xW5
o
W12 wires spaced at 6 in., crossed by
o
W5 wires spaced at 12 in.
Comes in Mats or Rolls
Advantage - Labor Savings
Reinforcing Fabrication & Erection
Concrete reinforcing requirements are shown on the structural drawings
.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
A reinforcing fabricator prepares shop drawings
that are reviewed by the structural engineer.
Reinforcing is cut to length, bent as needed, and possibly partially assembled before being transported to the construction site.
Fabrication continues on site. Eventually reinforcing is assembled in its final configuration.
After inspection by the engineer, concrete may be poured.
Reinforcing Installation
Hoist bundles to desired location
Place and Secure (tie)
Splicing Purpose
o
Transfer Loads
Splicing Methods
o
Overlap a specified # of bar diameters
o
End to end; weld or mechanical splice
Reinforcing a Simple Beam
In a simply supported beam, the greatest tension forces occur at the bottom middle of the beam.
Where tension forces cross compression forces closer to the beam ends, shear forces also occur.
The placement of reinforcing in a concrete beam approximates the lines of tension
, but is simplified to reduce fabrication costs.
Reinforcing a Column
Vertical or column bars: Larger-diameter bars placed vertically in the column
Ties or spirals: Wrap around the vertical bars
The vertical bars add to the strength of the column in compression, and resist tensile forces
that are introduced from wind or seismic forces, or from connections to beams.
Ties prevent the vertical bars from buckling outward
.
Note how, where the vertical bars extend beyond the ties, they are bent slightly inward toward the center of the column. As the column height is extended further, the next section of reinforcing will nest and overlap with these ends
.
Fibrous Reinforcing
Fibrous reinforcing: Short fibers of glass, steel, or polypropylene, added to the concrete mix
Microfiber reinforcing: Relatively low amounts of fibers, to aid concrete in resisting plastic shrinkage cracking that occurs during early curing
Macrofiber reinforcing: Greater concentrations of fibers, that also resist longer-term cracking due to drying and thermal stresses
Steel fiber reinforcing also increases the durability of the concrete surface
Prestressing
Prestressing
Theory; “Place all the concrete of the member in compression” (take advantage of concrete’s compressive strength of the entire member)
Advantages
o
Increase the load carrying capacity
o
Increase span length
o
Reduce the member’s size
Prestessing: Applying an initial compressive stress to a concrete member, so as to improve its structural efficiency.
High-strength steel strands are stretched tightly and then restrained by the concrete, putting the concrete into initial compression.
Prestressed members are typically more slender and lighter than comparable conventionally reinforced members.
Pretensioning: Steel strands are tensioned before concrete is cast.
o
Normally only done with concrete in precasting plants, but not on the construction site.
Posttensioning: Steel strands are tensioned after concrete has been cast and reached adequate strength.
o
Concrete cast on the construction site can be posttensioned.
Prestressing - Posttensioning
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Cables positioned prior to concrete placement
Stressed after concrete placement (& curing)
Additional Resources
Videos
Tilt Up Construction Process
Chapter 14 - Site Cast Concrete
Thought Points
Focus on the process of casting a concrete slab on grade, wall and column and elevated concrete framing structures on site. Key Terms
Slab on grade: A concrete surface lying upon, and supported directly by, the ground beneath.
Slag: The mineral waste that rises to the top of molten iron or steel or to the top of a weld.
Capillary break: A slot or groove intended to create an opening too large to be bridged by a drop of water and, thereby, to eliminate the passage of water by capillary action; the coarse aggregate layer under a concrete slab on grade which discourages the migration of water from the ground below into the concrete slab above.
Moisture barrier: A membrane used to resist the migration of liquid water through a floor, wall, or roof.
Screed: A strip of wood, metal, or plaster that establishes the level to which concrete or plaster will be placed.
Bull float: A long-handled tool used for the initial floating of a freshly poured concrete slab. See also Darby.
Darby: A stiff straightedge of wood or metal used to level the surface of wet plaster or concrete.
Bleed water: In freshly placed concrete, water that rises to the top surface of the concrete as the solid cement and aggregate particles settle.
Steel trowel: A metal-bladed tool used in the final stages of finishing of a concrete slab.
Broom finish: A skid-resistant texture imparted to an uncured concrete surface by dragging a stiff-bristled broom across it.
Restraightening: A step in the finishing of concrete slabs for the purpose of removing minor undulations produced during floating or troweling.
Straightedge: To strike off the surface of a concrete slab using screeds and a straight piece of lumber or metal; as a noun, a long, straight item, used to perform straightedging, test the flatness of a surface, or trace a straight line.
Shake-on hardener: A dry powder that is dusted onto the surface of a concrete slab before troweling to react with the concrete and produce a hard wearing surface for industrial use.
Curing compound: A liquid that, when sprayed on the surface of newly placed concrete, forms a water-resistant layer to prevent premature dehydration of the concrete.
Superflat floor: A concrete slab finished to a high degree of flatness and levelness according to a recognized system of measurement.
F-number: An index number expressing the statistical flatness or levelness of a concrete slab.
Control joint: An intentional, linear discontinuity in a structure or component designed to form
a plane of weakness where cracking can occur in response to various forces so as to minimize or eliminate cracking elsewhere. Also called a contraction joint.
Isolation joint: A type of joint used to separate abutting materials or assemblies that should remain structurally independent, such as where new construction meets old, or where a nonstructural slab on grade abuts structural columns or walls.
Shrinkage-compensating cement: Specially formulated cement, used to counteract the drying shrinkage that normally occurs during curing.
Key: A slot formed into a concrete surface for the purpose of interlocking with a subsequent pour of concrete; a slot at the edge of a precast member into which grout will be poured to lock it to an adjacent member; a mechanical
interlocking of plaster with lath.
Dowel: A short cylindrical rod of wood or steel; a steel reinforcing bar that projects from a foundation to tie it to a column or wall, or from one section of a concrete slab or wall to another.
Form tie: A steel or plastic rod with fasteners on either end, used to hold together the two surfaces of formwork for a concrete wall.
Waler: A horizontal beam used to support sheeting or concrete formwork.
Form tie hole: A depression, typically conical in shape, in a cast-in-place concrete wall that remains after the protruding portions of a form tie are removed.
Insulating concrete form (ICF): A system of lightweight components, most commonly made of rigid polystyrene insulating foam, used as permanent formwork for the casting of concrete walls.
One-way solid slab: A reinforced concrete floor or roof slab that spans between parallel beams or bearing walls.
Reshoring: Inserting temporary supports under concrete beams and slabs after the formwork has been removed to prevent overloading before the concrete achieves its full strength.
Slab band: A very broad, shallow beam used with a one-way solid slab.
One-way concrete joist system: A reinforced concrete framing system in which closely spaced concrete joists span between parallel beams or bearing walls.
Pan: A form used to produce the cavity between joists in a one-way concrete joist system.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Distribution rib: A transverse beam at the mid-span of a one-way concrete joist structure, used to allow the joists to share concentrated loads.
Joist band: A broad, shallow concrete beam that supports one-way concrete joists whose depths are identical to its own
Wide-module concrete joist system: A one-way concrete framing system with joists that are spaced more widely than those in a conventional one-way concrete joist system.
Two-way flat slab: A reinforced concrete framing system in which columns with mushroom capitals and/or drop panels directly support a two-way slab that is planar on both of its surfaces.
Mushroom capital: A flaring comical head on a concrete column.
Drop panel: A thickening of a two-way concrete structure at the head of a column.
Middle strip: The half-span-wide zone of a two-way concrete slab that lies midway between columns.
Two-way flat plate: A reinforced concrete framing system in which columns directly supporta two-way slab that is planar on both of its surfaces.
Waffle slab: A two-way concrete joist system.
Dome: An arch rotated about its vertical axis to produce a structure shaped like an inverted bowl; a form used to make one of the cavities in a concrete waffle slab.
Head: The horizontal top portion of a window or door.
Draped tendon: A posttensioning strand placed along a curving profile that approximates the path of the tensile forces in a beam.
Set: To cure; to install; to recess the heads of nails; a punch for recessing the heads of nails.
Lift-slab construction: A method of building multistory site-cast concrete buildings by casting all the slabs in a stack on the ground, then lifting them up the columns with jacks and welding them in place.
Flying formwork: Large sections of slab formwork that are moved by crane.
Slip forming: Building multistory sitecast concrete walls with forms that rise up the wall as construction progresses.
Tilt-up construction: A method of constructing concrete walls in which panels are cast and cured flat on a floor slab, then tilted up into their final positions.
Shotcrete: A low-slump concrete mixture that is deposited by being blown from a nozzle at high speed with a stream of compressed air; pneumatically placed Concrète.
Architectural concrete: Concrete intended as a finish surface and produced to a higher-quality standard.
Exposed aggregate finish: A concrete surface in which the coarse aggregate is revealed.
Diamond saw: A tool with a moving chain, belt, wire, straight blade, or circular blade whose cutting action is carried out by diamonds.
Barrel shell: A scalloped roof structure of reinforced concrete that spans in one direction as a barrel vault and in the other as a folded plate.
Folded plate: A roof structure whose strength and stiffness derive from a pleated or folded geometry.
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. A concrete slab on grade is a level surface of concrete that lies directly on the ground.
TRUE
2. Contraction Joints are not the same thing as control
FALSE
3. Isolation joints are intentionally weakened sections created through the concrete slab where the tensile forces caused by concrete drying shrinkage are relieved.
FALSE
4. Shrinkage cracking in sitecast concrete walls is managed with contraction joints.
TRUE
5. A one-way solid slab spans across parallel lines of support furnished by walls or columns and beams.
TRUE
6. Temporary, adjustable-length columns are called shores.
TRUE
7. Ordinarily, the most efficient and economical concrete beam is one whose depth is the same size as its breadth.
FALSE
8. The one-way concrete joist system is also called a ribbed slab.
TRUE
9. Distribution ribs are broad beams that are only as deep as the joists.
FALSE
10. The wide-module concrete joist system is needed for when a one-way solid slab span increases, and a progressively thicker slab is required, and the slab becomes so thick that its own weight becomes an excessive burden.
FALSE
11. One-way framing systems are best suited to floor plans with rectangular framing bays.
TRUE
12. A two-way solid slab system is very common.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
13. Most two-way floor and roof framing systems, however, even for heavy loadings, are made with beams.
FALSE
14. The two-way flat slab system is suited for heavily loaded buildings such as storage and industrial buildings.
TRUE
15. Middle strips are designed to carry the higher bending forces encountered in the zones of the slab that cross the columns. Column strips have a lighter reinforcing pattern.
FALSE
16. In more lightly loaded buildings, such as hotels, hospitals, dormitories, and apartment buildings, the slab needs to be thickened all over the columns.
FALSE
17. Metal or plastic pans called domes are used as formwork to eliminate nonworking concrete from the slab, allowing considerably longer spans than are feasible with the two-way flat plate.
TRUE
18. The waffle slab system is suited to longer-span, heavily loaded applications.
TRUE
19. Waffle slab formwork is the cheapest and most used of sitecast framing systems.
FALSE
20. Two-way concrete joist is the most expensive of all the sitecast concrete framing systems.
TRUE
21. Posttensioning can be applied to any of the sitecast concrete framing systems.
TRUE
22. Posttensioning is used in beams, girders, and slabs, both one-way and two-way, to reduce member sizes, reduce deflection, and extend spanning capability.
TRUE
23. Two-way flat plate structures are not commonly posttensioned.
FALSE
24. In tilt-up construction, reinforced concrete wall panels are cast lying down over a previously poured slab that serves as a level, smooth work surface.
TRUE
25. Tilt-up construction increases most of the formwork and formwork costs normally required for sitecast concrete walls.
FALSE
26. Insulating concrete forms (ICFs) serve to contain the concrete when the wall is poured, but unlike conventional formwork, also become a permanent part of the wall, for which they act as thermal insulation.
TRUE
27. Insulating concrete forms are so heavy and are so roughly made that they are very hard to assemble.
FALSE
28. Architectural concrete is sprayed into place from the nozzle of a hose by a stream of compressed air.
FALSE
29. Long-span beams and trusses are not possible in concrete.
FALSE
30. Barrel shells and folded plates derive their stiffness and strength from the folding or scalloping of a thin concrete plate to increase its rigidity and structural depth without adding material.
TRUE
31. The cost of a concrete building frame can be broken down into the costs of the concrete, the reinforcing steel, and the formwork.
TRUE
32. Climbing formwork is not the same thing as jump form construction.
FALSE
33. Slip form construction is when the formwork progresses continuously, night and day, at a slow but steady prescribed rate, while construction proceeds within the formwork surrounds.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
34. Concrete structures are extremely flammable.
FALSE
35. Lift-slab construction is a system in which floor and roof slabs of a building are cast in a stack on the ground and then jacked up the building columns to their final elevations, where they fixed in place.
TRUE
36. A slab-on-grade floor usually experiences a lot of structural stress.
FALSE
37. A layer of 11/2-inch-diameter (38-mm) crushed stone at least 4 inches (100 mm) deep is called a capillary break.
TRUE
38. Immediately after striking off the concrete, the slab receives its initial floating.
TRUE
39. When concrete begins to stiffen and the watery sheen that evaporates from the surface of the slab is called dirty water.
FALSE
40. Every concrete floor is perfectly flat.
FALSE
41. Concrete slabs on grade are relatively thin in relation to their horizontal dimensions and normally only lightly reinforced, they are prone to cracking.
TRUE
42. The most common method of controlling cracking in concrete slabs on grade is to introduce an organized system of joints into the slab that allow cracking to occur in a neat and visually acceptable pattern.
TRUE
43. Form ties are small-diameter steel rods specially shaped to hold the formwork together under the pressure of the wet concrete.
TRUE
44. It doesn’t matter what consistency concrete has when it is poured.
FALSE
45. Isolation joints are used where cast concrete walls abut other structural elements, and each must remain independent of the other.
TRUE
46. A concrete column is formed and cast the exact same way as a wall.
FALSE
47. One-way concrete joists are usually supported on joist bands, which are broad beams that are only as deep as the joists.
TRUE
48. Waffle slab form work is very simple.
FALSE
49. Two-way concrete joist is the most expensive of all the sitecast concrete framing systems.
TRUE
50. In tilt-up construction, reinforced concrete wall panels are cast lying down over a previously poured slab that serves as a level, smooth work surface.
TRUE
Guided Reading Questions
Concrete Construction - Options
Concrete Construction - Options
Cast off Site (Precast)
o
Construct components prior to installation
o
Transport components to the project (if cast “off” site)
o
Assemble / Erect the concrete elements
Cast on Site (Site Cast)
o
Labor, Material, & Equip. brought to the site, and
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Concrete elements constructed in-place
Combination
Types of Concrete Elements That Must be Cast on Site
Caissons & Pile Caps
Footings (Spread & Strip)
Slab-on-Grade
Slab Toppings
Elements too large or heavy to Transport
Irregular or Special Elements (typically)
Structures Requiring Full Structural Continuity
Types of Concrete Elements
Slab-on-Grade
Columns
Walls
Floors & Roofs
Other (stairs, panels, etc.)
Casting on a Concrete Slab on Grade
Concrete Slabs
Slab On Grade: A concrete surface, lying upon, and continuously supported by, the ground beneath.
Suspended or Structural Concrete Slab: A concrete slab that spans between intermediate lines or points of support.
SOG: Subgrade Preparation
Site is cleared and grubbed
if necessary.
Organic top soil is removed
.
Subsoil
, or subgrade, is excavated
to required depth.
Subgrade is graded level and compacted
to the required density.
If the subsoil is too soft or unstable, it is over-excavated and replaced with more competent material.
Proof rolling
: A heavy roller or loaded dump truck makes multiple passes over the subgrade (right). Areas that are revealed to be soft or unstable are corrected.
SOG: Capillary Break or Drainage Layer
A layer of crushed rock or gravel
, usually 4 inches deep, is placed over the subgrade.
This rock material is
well sorted
(comprised of particles mostly uniform in size), that may range from approximately ¾-inch to 1½-inch in diameter.
This layer drains water easily and discourages moisture
in the ground from rising up to the concrete slab through capillary action.
This layer also provides a structurally sound base
for the concrete slab to follow.
SOG: Slab Edges
Edge forms
: Strips of wood or metal are placed to contain the concrete pour at the slab edges.
Forms are held in place by stakes of wood or metal rebar
, or other bracing.
The tops of the forms are set level with the top the slab
, to act as guides in later finishing operations.
Isolation
or
expansion joints:
Where slabs abut walls, columns, or other elements, compressible joint material is placed to create an isolation joint or expansion joint.
Isolation joints allow unrestrained expansion and contraction of the slab
, as well as differential settling between the slab and the abutting elements.
SOG: Vapor Retarder or Moisture Barrier
A heavy plastic sheet or other impervious material
may be laid over the drainage layer.
This layer provides the slab with additional protection against subgrade moisture
and is particularly important when the slab will be covered with moisture-sensitive finishes.
Vapor retarders are used only with interior slabs
, not with exterior slabs.
Vapor retarder materials must be durable enough to resist being punctured or torn during subsequent construction operations
, such as laying reinforcing steel or pouring the concrete.
Penetrations and tears in the vapor retarder are sealed tightly
to maintain a continuous barrier.
In cases of extreme ground water conditions, the moisture barrier may be replaced with a heavier, more impervious waterproofing membrane.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
SOG: Reinforcing
A grid of reinforcing
bars or sheets of welded wire reinforcing (WWF) is usually placed.
Reinforcing improves a slab's resistance to cracking due
to:
o
concrete shrinkage during curing
o
effects of thermal expansion and contraction
o
concentrated stresses
o
differential settlement
This reinforcing is sometimes called temperature steel., referring to its role in resisting cracking due to thermal stresses.
SOG: Pouring the Concrete
Concrete is placed
by any of a number of methods, depending on the size of the pour and ease of access to the slab.
o
Concrete delivered by pumper
o
Concrete delivered by wheel barrow
Concrete should be placed as close as possible to its final destination
.
Pushing concrete along the ground
can cause segregation of large and small particles in the concrete mix, leading to a lack of uniform density and uneven finish qualities in the completed slab.
If the reinforcing has not been set on bolsters or other supports, it must be lifted into approximately the middle depth of the slab as the concrete is poured.
SOG: Finishing the Concrete
Striking off or screeding: A wood plank or metal straightedge is drawn across the surface of the freshly poured concrete, using an end-to-end sawing motion.
A bulge of concrete is maintained in front of the screed, to fill low spots as the screed progresses.
Striking off establishes the elevation of the upper slab surface.
Floating: Immediately after screeding, floating is performed to consolidate and smooth the slab surface
.
A bull float is drawn back and forth over the slab.
A darby
is used to float areas of the slab that can be reached without the long arm of the bull float
Further finishing operations depend on the type of final finish required for the slab.
Where a rough finish is acceptable, no further operations may be required.
When required, further finishing steps begin after the concrete has been allowed to stiffen, and free water that rises to the surface, called bleed water, has evaporated.
Edgers
and
groovers
are used to create neatly formed, well-consolidated edges and joints in the slab surface.
Floating may be performed a second time, to further consolidate and densify the surface of the slab.
Floats are made of wood or metal with a slightly rough surface. The floating operation leaves the slab with a lightly textured surface.
Floating may be done by hand, or with power machinery.
Troweling: For a smoother finish, the slab is troweled immediately after floating.
Trowels are made of smooth-surfaced steel or other metal. Troweling may performed by hand or with power-operated machinery.
Broom Finish: A stiff broom is drawn across the slab surface to create a striated, slip resistant texture (right)
Restraightening: After each floating or troweling operation, a long straightedge may be drawn over the slab surface to reduce minor undulations
Shake-On Hardeners: Dry powders may be floated into the slab surface to create a harder, more durable surface
Laser Screeds: Laser-guided power screeds can be used to finish slabs to more precise flatness and levelness requirements.
Curing: To ensure proper curing of the concrete, freshly poured slabs must be kept damp for at least the first week.
Slabs are especially vulnerable to premature drying because of their relatively large exposed surface area:
o
Cover slab with impervious plastic sheets (right).
o
Cover slab with absorbent, dampened straw, sawdust, or burlap.
o
Coat slab with a liquid-applied curing compound, that dries to form a clear moisture barrier.
SOG: Controlling Cracking
Relatively thin, lightly reinforced concrete slabs on grade are especially prone to cracking, especially as the concrete shrinks during curing.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Control joint or contraction joint: A partial-depth joint or groove that creates a natural plane of weakness in the slab.
Control joints encourage shrinkage cracking to occur in an organized
, visually acceptable manner.
Control joints may be saw-cut into a slab
after the slab has partially hardened.
Control joints can also be formed during slab finishing operations using hand tools called
groovers
.
Control joints need to extend at least ¼ the depth the slab
to be effective.
As a rule of thumb, control joints should be spaced from 24 to 30 times the depth of the slab. (E.g., for a 4-inch slab, joints should be spaced no more than 8 to 10 feet in both directions.)
Expansion joint
or isolation joint: Expansion and isolation joints are full-depth separations between slab sections
, that allow full freedom of movement between sections.
Reinforcing is also interrupted across expansion joints. (Across control joints, reinforcing is usually uninterrupted
.)
Other means of crack control:
o
Concrete mixtures can be adjusted to reducing drying shrinkage.
o
Additional reinforcing or posttensioning can be added to a concrete slab to increase its tensile strength.
Casting a Concrete Wall
Wall Footing
Concrete walls are most commonly cast over concrete strip footings
.
The steel reinforcing projecting from the footing will overlap with reinforcing in the wall
, to structurally tie the two elements.
Reinforcing
The size, spacing, and arrangement of reinforcing bars
varies with the structural requirements of the wall.
Typically, reinforcing is placed in one or two layers of vertical and horizontal reinforcing bars.
Reinforcing for a concrete shear wall
(designed to resist lateral forces such as wind or earthquake), consisting of two layers of vertical and horizontal bars
.
The wall is reinforced more heavily at either end, where it must resist greater stresses.
Heavy reinforcing at the base of concrete shear walls for a large, multistory building.
Wall Forms
Slender rods, called form ties
, hold the forms in position and resist the outward pressure
of the concrete when it is placed.
The plastic cones prevent the formwork for sliding
along the ties, and form a neat, conical hole in the finished surface
of the concrete.
Form ties can be made from steel rods, straps, wire, fiberglass, or other plastics.
After the wall is cast and the forms removed, the protruding ends of the metal ties are broken off and the plastic cones removed.
The remaining holes in the concrete may be left open, filled with mortar
(right),
or plugged with some other material
.
If the broken end of a metal form tie rod is not covered
, rust staining may result as the end of the tie gradually corrodes.
Fiberglass form tie rods may be used without plastic cones
. The protruding ends of the rods are simply ground off flush with the face of the concrete, becoming virtually unnoticeable to the untrained eye.
On the outside, the form ties engage with slotted metal wedges. The wedges restrain the horizontal walers.
The walers (and sometimes vertical studs) brace the formwork panels.
Wall forms must be constructed sufficiently stiff to resist the fluid pressures of the freshly poured concrete
.
A proprietary, modular wall form system, that can be easily raised and reused as wall construction proceeds upwards.
Note the temporary scaffolding integrated into the form system
, providing workers with access to the top of the wall.
Heavy, braced formwork for a large, free-standing concrete wall.
Self-climbing formwork relies on hydraulic jacks to climb the concrete core structure as it is constructed.
Pouring Concrete
Concrete is placed
in the wall.
It is consolidated
by vibrating or hammering on the sides of the formwork.
The of the wall is struck off level
.
The top of the wall is covered to limit water loss
, and the wall is left to cure
.
After several days, the formwork may be stripped
. Curing should continue for at least one week.
Finishing the Concrete
A residential concrete foundation wall with the formwork stripped.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Without special efforts, the form panels and ties leave strong patterns on the wall surface.
A concrete foundation wall with
blockouts
to create openings in the wall for passage of building services
.
Poor quality formwork
construction leads to defects in the concrete wall that do not become evident until the formwork is removed.
Incomplete consolidation
leads to a rock pocket in the concrete wall.
Note the exposed reinforcing bar
.
Unsound concrete will be removed and the area patched
.
Controlling Cracking
Like slabs, concrete walls are susceptible to cracking
due to concrete shrinkage during curing, thermal stresses, and other effects.
Vertical control joints
, spaced at 24 to 30 times the thickness of the wall, can be formed in the wall to organize and conceal shrinkage cracks.
Full-depth expansion joints
can also be inserted at larger spacings, if required.
Insulating Concrete Forms (ICF)
Concrete forms made from rigid plastic foam blocks
or other lightweight insulating materials are easy to erect.
The forms become a permanent
part of the structure, creating a more energy efficient wall in comparison to conventional concrete construction.
Tilt-Up Construction
Concrete wall panels are poured lying flat
, much like a slab on grade.
Once the panels have gained sufficient strength, they are lifted
into final position.
Tilt-up construction significantly reduces formwork costs
, which can account for 50% or more of the cost of conventional concrete construction.
Casting a Concrete Column
Column Footings
Columns may rest on isolated footings, pile caps, caissons, or enlarged portions of strip footings
.
The lower layer of reinforcing has been placed for an isolated footing. Additional reinforcing, including vertical dowels that will project out of the footing and overlap with vertical reinforcing bars in the column, will be
added next.
Column Reinforcing
Vertical reinforcing bars
increase the column's load carrying capacity and give it resistance to bending forces
generated by lateral forces on the building structure or by connected beams.
Ties
, lighter in weight, wrap around the vertical bars to resist outward buckling of the bars
.
Ties also increase a column's resistance to extreme cyclical seismic loads
.
The arrangement of ties varies with the quantity and arrangement of vertical bars.
Vertical bars in a rectangular column are arranged 3 deep and 4 wide.Ties wrap around and cross through the vertical bar array .
Vertical bars are bent inward at the top
, so as to nest with the next section of reinforcing as construction proceeds upward.
The length of the overlapping portions of reinforcing are sufficient to fully transfer stresses
from one set of bars to the next.
Prefabricated
column reinforcing stacked on site, ready to be lifted into position.
Column Forms
Column forms may be square, rectangular, or round.
Unless the column is unusually wide, no form ties are required.
A reusable column form is maneuvered into place around column reinforcing.
The vertical bars in this column are bent horizontally at their top ends, to engage with steel reinforcing in the not-yet-constructed concrete slab.
Material
Wood
o
Field fabricated or
o
Standardized panels
Steel
Plastic or Fiberglass
Waxed cardboard
Typically - Ties not required
(Column Clamps)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Pouring Concrete
Concrete is deposited
into the column form by any number of means.
The concrete is vibrated or otherwise consolidated
as needed as it is placed.
A concrete bucket
lifted by a construction crane is used to deliver concrete to the column form.
Finishing Concrete
A partially-completed concrete column with the formwork recently removed.
Elevated Framing Systems
Elevated Framing Systems
One-Way System
o
Spans across parallel lines of support furnished by walls and/or beams
Two-Way System
o
Spans supports running in both directions
One-Way Floor and Roof Framing Systems
One-Way Solid Slab
A system of beams support a slab
. The slab is reinforced to span in one direction
only.
o
Girders (deeper beams) span between columns.
o
Beams (shallower) span from girder to girder.
o
The slab spans between the beams.
Depending on beam and column arrangements, this system can be designed for a wide range of load conditions
.
Forming for girders and beams makes this system more expensive
than many other systems.
Principal slab reinforcing spans in only one direction, from beam to beam.
One-Way Concrete Joist (Rib Slab)
A system of beams and slender, closely-space ribs
support a one-way slab.
o
Beams span between columns.
o
Joists (ribs) span from beam to beam.
o
The slab spans between the joists.
Greater spans are possible than with solid slab
.
Modular, prefabricated form systems help to keep this system economical.
In one-way joist systems, the bottoms of the beams and joists are all on the same plane
, simplifying formwork construction.
A simple, level surface is formed on site. Next, prefabricated metal or fiberglass
joist pans
are placed on this surface to form the system of beams and ribs
.
Wide-Module Concrete Joist System
Like one-way joist, but ribs are spaced 4 to 6 feet
rather than 20 to 30 inches.
A thicker slab is required
to span the greater distance between ribs (useful when greater thickness is required for greater fire resistance).
Also called "skip-joist" system.
Two-Way Floor and Roof Framing Systems
Two-Way Framing Systems
A two-way slab is reinforced so that it spans structurally in both directions.
Two-way slabs are more structurally efficient
than one-way slabs of the same thickness.
Two-way slabs must span roughly the same distance in both directions. As the layout of slab supports becomes increasingly rectangular in proportion, the efficiency of the two-way slab decreases.
In contrast, one-way slab systems are more suitable for column and beam layouts that create rectangular bays.
Two-Way Solid Slab
A system of beams supports a two-way slab
.
Suitable for very heavy loads
.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Forming of the beam systems tends to make this system more expensive than other two-way slab systems.
A two-way reinforced slab is supported by columns without beams.
The flat slab system includes added structure where columns meet slabs:
o
Mushroom capitals
: Conical widening toward the top of the column
o
Drop panels
: Thickening of the slab around the column
This added structure allows the system to carry heavier loads than would otherwise be feasible.
Two-Way Flat Slab Reinforcing
Between columns, more heavily-reinforced
column strips
act like shallow beams within the depth of the slab.
Between column strips,
middle strips
are reinforced for two-way slab action.
Two-Way Flat Slab
A two-way flat slab with dropped panels
, but no column capitals.
The extra structure around the column/slab juncture prevents the columns from "punching through" the slab
.
Two-Way Flat Plate
Like the flat slab, a two-way reinforced slab is supported by columns without beams
.
There are no column capitals or drop panels
in the flat plate system.
Additional reinforcing
within the depth of the slab at the column/slab junction is used to increase strength in that area.
Flat plate systems are best suited to lighter loads
than flat slab systems. The simplified formwork also makes them less expensive
to construct.
A cross-shaped array of shear studs provides additional strength
at the column/slab junction of a two-way flat plate system.
The green cables are posttensioning
strands, as discussed in the last chapter.
The absence of forming for beams, column capitals, or drop panels shows this to be a two-way flat slab system.
Two-way flat plate construction in a residential tower.
Two-way flat plate is one of the thinnest of floor framing systems available
in any structural material, an economy
that is compounded in multi-story construction.
Note the reshoring
(yellow clad columns) in use underneath the upper two slabs. When the formwork is removed, reshoring is inserted to provide support for the slabs until the concrete gains additional strength
.
Two-Way Waffle Slab (Two-Way Concrete Joist)
Similar to one-way joist, but with a two-way system of ribs
Constructed with prefabricated
domes
that simply formwork construction.
Around the columns, domes are filled solid to create heads that strengthen the column/slab connection, like drop panels in flat slab construction.
Site Cast Post-tensioning Systems
Site Cast Post-tensioning Systems
Can be used with any framing system
Reduce member size and/or
Extend span capacity
Innovations in Site Cast Concrete
Lightweight Concrete and Admixtures
Formwork Materials & Methods
Lift-Slab
Flying Formwork, Gang forms
Slip Forms
Tilt-Up
Lift-Slab
Cast slabs on the ground (“Stacked) & Jack into Place, and Anchored
Additional Resources
Video
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Precast Concrete Walls
Insulated Site-Cast Concrete Tilt Walls
Chapter 15 – Precast Construction
Thought Points
Focus on the standard types of precast and prestressed concrete elements, their manufacture and construction methods. The different method for joining. Key Terms
Precast concrete: Concrete cast and cured in a location other than its final position in the structure.
Steam curing: Aiding and accelerating the setting reaction of concrete by the application of steam.
Solid slab: A concrete slab, without ribs or voids, that spans between beams or bearing walls.
Hollow-core slab: A precast concrete slab element that has internal longitudimal cavities to reduce its self-weight.
Double tee: A precast concrete slab element that resembles the letters TT in cross section.
Single tee: A precast slab element whose profile resembles the letter T.
Topping: A thin layer of concrete cast over the top of a floor deck.
Ledger: A horizontal wood member fastened to a wall or beam to which the ends of joists may be connected.
Casting bed: A permanent, fixed form in which precast concrete elements are produced.
Weld plate: A steel plate anchored into the surface of concrete, to which another steel element can be welded.
Carbon fiber reinforcing: In precast concrete, an open grid fabric of carbon fibers bonded with epoxy resin, used as a substitute for welded wire reinforcing
Corbel: A spanning device in which masonry units in successive courses are cantilevered slightly over one another; a projecting bracket of masonry or concrete.
Bearing pad: A block of plastic or synthetic rubber used to cushion the point at which one precast concrete element rests upon another.
Anchor bolt: A bolt embedded in concrete for the purpose of fastening a building frame to a concrete or masonry foundation.
Powder-driven: Inserted by a gunlike tool using energy provided by an exploding charge of gunpowder.
Filigree precast concrete: A hybrid concrete system in which precast concrete sections are used as permanent formwork for cast-in-place concrete.
Precast Concrete
What Can Be Precast?
Slab Elements
Beams (& Girders)
Columns
Wall Panels
Other
Precast Concrete
Advantages
Production @ Ground Level
Controlled Environment (Plant vs. Jobsite)
High Quality Formwork (Often steel, reuse)
High Quality Materials (5000 psi conc., HSS)
Controlled Curing (High Early, steam cure, 24hr cycle)
Erection Time & Conditions (quicker, no formwork required, no temperature restraints – concrete already cured)
Disadvantages
Elements large & heavy
o
Transportation
o
Site Mobility
o
Hoisting / Erection
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Less field modification flexibility
Often Require a Topping Slab
Plant-Cast Precast Concrete
On the construction site, precast concrete elements are lifted into place
and assembled into structural assemblies
in a process similar to that used for structural steel.
Compared to sitecast concrete, precast concrete erection is faster and less affected by adverse weather conditions
.
Precast Prestressed Concrete Structural Elements
Precast Concrete Slabs
Used for floor and roof decks
.
Deeper elements span
further than those that are shallower.
Precast Concrete Beams & Girders
Provide support for slabs
.
The projecting reinforcing bars
will bond with concrete cast on site.
Precast Concrete Columns & Wall Panels
Provide support for beam and slab elements
.
Since these elements carry mainly axial loads with little bending force, they may be conventionally reinforced without
prestressing
.
Wall panels can be ribbed
, to increase their vertical span capacity while minimizing weight, or formed into other special shapes.
Precast concrete wall panels may be solid
, hollow, or sandwiched
(with an insulating core).
Other Precast Concrete Elements
Precast concrete stairs
Uniquely shaped structural elements for a sports stadium
Assembly Concepts for Precast Concrete Buildings
Vertical support can be provided by precast columns and beams
, wall panels
, or a combination of all three.
The choice of roof and floor slab elements depends mainly on span requirements
.
Precast slab elements are frequently also used with other vertical loadbearing systems such as sitecast
concrete, reinforced masonry, or steel
.
Precast concrete structure consisting of solid wall panels and hollow core slabs
.
A single story warehouse consisting of double tees supported by insulated sandwich wall panels
.
Parking Garage
A parking garage structure consisting of precast double tees
supported by inverted tee beams on haunched columns.
Manufacturing of Precast Concrete Structural Elements
Casting Hollow Core Planks
Precast elements are manufactured in casting beds
, 800 ft or more in length.
High-strength steel strands
are strung the length of the bed and tensioned.
Conventional reinforcing, weld plates,
blockouts, lifting loops,
and other embedded items are added as needed.
Concrete is placed
.
Prestressing and Reinforcing Steel
Many precast elements contain both prestressing
strands and conventional reinforcing.
The prestressing strands for an AASHTO girder are depressed into a shallow v-shape to most efficiently resist tensile forces in the beam. Shear stirrups are formed from conventional steel reinforcing.
Reinforcement
Structural elements are commonly reinforced with tightly stretched pretensioned steel strands, which provide increased structural efficiency.
Conventional steel reinforcing is added for resistance to thermal and other secondary stresses.
Casting Hollow Core Planks
Once the concrete has cured to sufficient strength, the castings are cut into sections
of desired length.
In some cases, transverse bulkheads
are inserted to divide the casting bed into sections before concrete is placed. In this case, only the prestressing
strands need to be cut to
separate the sections.
Individual sections are lifted from the casting bed
and stockpiled to await shipping to the construction site.
Precast concrete elements are shipped to the construction site by truck and erected on site by crane
.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Precast Slab Manufacturing
Casting Beds
Reinforcing & Embeds
Pour, Finish, & Cure
o
Validate Strength
Removal from Bed (Transfer stress to Member)
Plant Storage or Transport to the Jobsite
Precast Slab Erection
Transportation to the Job Site
Erection
Anchorage
Bearing Pads
Topping Slabs
Joining Precast Concrete Elements
Joining Precast Concrete Elements
Bolting, welding and grouting
Gravity- beam rests on the corbel of a column
o
Bearing pads- avoid grinding & allows for expansion and contraction
Column-to-Column Connection
Metal bearing plates and embedded anchor bolts
are cast into the ends of the columns.
After the columns are mechanically joined
, the connection is grouted to provide full bearing between elements and protect the metal components from fire and corrosion.
Beam-to-Column Connection
Beams are set on bearing pads on the column corbels
.
Steel angles are welded to metal plates cast into the beams and columns
and the joint is grouted
solid.
Slab-to-Beam Connection
Hollow core slabs are set on bearing pads
on precast beams.
Steel reinforcing bars are in inserted
into the slab keyways to span the joint.
The joint is grouted
solid.
The slab may remain untopped
as shown, or topped
with several inches of cast in place concrete.
Sitecast Concrete Toppings over Precast Slabs
Greater floor strength and stiffness
Greater fire resistance
Greater acoustic isolation
Allow easy integration of electrical services into floor system
Create a smoother, flatter floor surface.
Precast Concrete Construction and Seismic Design
In areas of high seismic risk, structures must be designed to respond safely to the dynamic forces
imparted into the structure.
Innovations in joint design
are improving the connection systems in precast concrete structures and making them increasingly suitable for use in such areas.
Precast Elements and Other Structural Materials
Precast Used with other Structural Materials
Precast & Cast-in-Place Concrete
Precast & Masonry
Precast & Structural Steel
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
MODULE 3
Table of contents
Weekly Readings
Chapter 8 – Brick Masonry
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Masonry History
o
Mortar
o
Brick Masonry
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 9 - Stone and Concrete Masonry
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Stone versus Brick
o
Stone Masonry
o
Stone Masonry – Process
o
Concrete Masonry – CMU Manufacturing Process
o
Concrete Masonry – CMU Installation Process
o
CMU Decorative or Architectural
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 10 –Masonry Wall Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Types of Masonry Walls
o
Spanning Systems For Masonry Bearing Wall Construction
o
Detailing Masonry Walls
o
Special Problems in Masonry Construction
o
Additional Resources
Weekly Readings
This week you will need to read Chapters 8, 9 and 10 in your textbook.
Chapter 8 – Brick Masonry
Thought Points
Focus on the function and production methods of mortar, and bricks. The production method, characteristics and consideration for brickwork. Key Terms
Mason: One who builds with bricks, stones, or concrete masonry units; one who works with concrete.
Masonry unit: A brick, stone, concrete block, glass block, or hollow clay tile intended to be laid in mortar.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Trowel: A thin, flat steel tool, either pointed or rectangular, provided with a handle and held in the hand, used to manipulate mastic, mortar, plaster, or concrete. Also, a machine whose rotating steel blades are used to finish concrete slabs; to use a trowel.
Mortar: A substance used to join masonry units, consisting of cementitious materials, fine aggregate, and water. See also Cement-lime mortar, Lime mortar.
Cement—lime mortar: Mortar made from portland cement, hydrated lime, aggregate, and water, the most traditional formulation of modern masonry mortars. See also Masonry cement, Mortar cement.
Aggregate: Inert particles, such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, or expanded minerals, in a concrete, mortar, or plaster.
Portland cement: A gray or white powder, composed principally of calcium silicates, which, when combined with water, hydrates to form the binder in concrete, mortar, and stucco.
Lime: A nonhydraulic cementitious material, used as an ingredient in mortars and plasters. See also Hydrated lime, Quicklime.
Quicklime: Produced by burning calcium carbonate found in limestone or sea shells; once hydrated, used as an ingredient in mortars and plasters; chemically, calcium oxide.
Soft mud process: Making bricks by pressing wet clay into molds.
Sand-mold brick, sand-struck brick: A brick made in a mold that was wetted and then dusted with sand before the clay was placed in it.
Stiff mud process: A method of molding bricks in which a column of damp clay is extruded from a rectangular die and cut into bricks by fine wires.
Blended hydraulic cement: Hydraulic cement made from a mixture of cementitious materials such as portland cement, other hydraulic cements, and pozzolans for the purpose of altering one or more properties of the cement or reducing the energy required in the cement manufacturing process.
Masonry cement: A hydraulic cement made from a blend of portland cement, lime, and other dry admixtures designed to increase the workability of the mortar. See also Cement-lime mortar.
Air-entraining admixture: An admixture that causes a controlled quantity of stable microscopic air bubbles to form in concrete or mortar during mixing, usually for the purposes of increasing workability and resistance to freeze-
thaw conditions.
Mortar cement: In masonry, a blend of portland cement, lime, and other additives, that produces mortar comparable in its bond strength properties to cement-lime mortar. See also Cement-lime mortar
.
Hydraulic cements: Cementitious materials, such as portland cement or blast furnace slag, that harden by reacting with water and whose hardened products are not water soluble. Nonhydraulic cements, such as lime, can also be
mixed with pozzolans to create cements with hydraulic properties.
Lime mortar: Masonry mortar made from a mix of lime, sand, and water; used principally in the restoration of historic Structures.
Nonhydraulic cements: Cementitious materials, such as gypsum and lime, that remain water soluble after curing. See also Hydraulic cements.
Carbonation: The process by which lime mortar reacts with atmospheric carbon dioxide to cure.
Hydration: The process by which cements combine chemically with water to harden.
Extended-life admixture: A substance that retards the onset of the curing reaction in mortar so that the mortar may be used over a protracted period of time after mixing.
Efflorescence: A light-colored, powdery deposit on the face of masonry or concrete, caused by the leaching of chemical salts from water migrating from within the structure to the surface.
Soft mud process: Making bricks by pressing wet clay into molds.
Water-struck brick: A brick made in a mold that was wetted before the clay was placed in it.
Dry-press process: A method of molding slightly damp clays and shales into bricks by forcing them into molds under high pressure.
Stiff mud process: A method of molding bricks in which a column of damp clay is extruded from a rectangular die and cut into bricks by fine wires.
Firing: The process of converting dry clay into a ceramic material through the application of intense heat.
Periodic kiln: A kiln that is loaded and fired in discrete batches, as differentiated from a tunnel kiln, which is operated continuously.
Tunnel kiln: A kiln through which clay products are passed on railroad cars.
Water smoking: The process of applying heat to evaporate the last water from clay products before they are fired.
Oxidation: Corrosion; rusting; rust; chemically, the combining with oxygen.
Vitrification: The process of transforming a material into a glassy substance by means of heat.
Flashing: A thin, continuous sheet of metal, plastic, rubber, or waterproof paper used to prevent the passage of water through a joint in a wall, roof, or chimney.
Building brick: Brick used for concealed masonry work where appearance is not a concern.
Hollow brick: Clay brick with up to 60 percent void area.
Firebrick: A brick made to withstand very high temperatures, as in a fireplace, furnace, or industrial chimney.
Wythe: (rhymes with “scythe" and “tithe") A vertical layer of masonry that is one masonry unit thick.
Course: A horizontal layer of masonry units one unit high; a horizontal line of shingles or siding.
Bed joint: The horizontal layer of mortar beneath a masonry unit."
Head joint: The vertical layer of mortar between ends of masonry units.
Collar joint: The vertical mortar joint between wythes of masonry.
Stretcher: A brick or masonry unit laid in its most usual position, with the broadest surface of the unit horizontal and the length of the unit parallel to the surface of the wall.
Header: In framed construction, a member that carries other perpendicular framing members, such as a beam above an opening in a wall or a joist supporting other joists where they are interrupted by a floor opening. In steel construction, a beam that spans between girders. In masonry construction, a brick or other masonry unit that is laid across two wythes with its end exposed in the face of the wall.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Soldier: A brick laid on its end, with its narrow face toward the outside of the wall.
Rowlock: A brick laid on its long edge, with its end exposed in the face of the wall.
Structural bond: The interlocking pattern of masonry units used to tie two or more wythes together in a wall.
Common bond: Brickwork laid with five courses of stretchers followed by one course of headers.
Flemish bond: Brickwork laid with each course consisting of alternating headers and stretchers.
English bond: Brickwork laid with alternating courses, each consisting entirely of headers or stretchers.
Cavity wall: A masonry wall that includes a continuous airspace between its outermostwythe and the remainder of the wall.
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. Iron and steel began replacing masonry in architecture in the late 19
th
century.
TRUE
2. The 19
th
-century invention of the hollow concrete block was much cheaper than cut stone and required much less labor to lay than brick.
TRUE
3. Mortar cushions the masonry units, giving them full bearing against one another despite their surface irregularities.
TRUE
4. Mortar seals between masonry units are susceptible to water and wind penetrating it.
FALSE
5. The simplest type of mortar is cement-lime mortar, made of portland cement, hydrated lime, an inert aggregate, and water.
TRUE
6. The lime in cement-lime mortar is responsible for making the sealant cure.
FALSE
7. Lime is produced by burning limestone or seashells in a kiln to drive off carbon dioxide and leave quicklime, which is then slaked by adding water that chemically combines with it to form hydrated lime.
TRUE
8. The slaking process requires a large quantity of heat to be produced.
FALSE
9. Water is an important ingredient in mortar because it is chemically involved in the curing of the cement and lime.
TRUE
10. Water used in mortar should be distilled and room temperature.
FALSE
11. Masonry cements contain various cements, lime, additional plasticizing ingredients, and other additives.
TRUE
12. Air-entraining admixtures result in a higher air content in the cured mortar than cement-lime mortar.
TRUE
13. Set accelerators reduce staining that forms on the surface of a wall when excess moisture carries minerals from the mortar to the wall surface.
FALSE
14. The thermal mass properties of brick masonry can help to reduce building energy consumption by lessening peak cooling and heating loads.
TRUE
15. Brick manufacturing produces significant waste materials.
FALSE
16. As a product of fire, brick is the most resistant to building fires of any masonry unit type.
TRUE
17. Larger bricks are less likely to crack during drying or firing than smaller bricks.
FALSE
18. The dry-press process is used for clays that shrink excessively during drying.
TRUE
19. The first steps of firing bricks in a kiln are water smoking and dehydration.
TRUE
20. The higher the temperature used in firing bricks, the lesser the shrinkage and lighter the color of the brick.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
21. In comparison to the traditional kiln brick firing process, steam curing of fly ash bricks requires significantly less energy and can have significantly less environmental impact than clay bricks.
TRUE
22. There is no truly standard brick.
TRUE
23. Facing bricks are only intended for nonstructural uses where appearance is important.
FALSE
24. Cored and frogged bricks are not considered a solid unit because up to 25 percent of the brick may be void.
FALSE
25. Brick-grade establishes levels of durability for bricks by characterizing bricks’ resistance to freeze-thaw weathering.
TRUE
26. Brick type defines limits on the variation in size, distortion in shape, and chippage among brick units.
TRUE
27. A brick wall constructed with a running bond is not a structural bond.
TRUE
28. When the leads of a brick wall have been completed, a mason’s line is stretched between the leads, using L-shaped line blocks at each end to locate the end of the line precisely at the top of each course of bricks.
TRUE
29. Thicker mortar joins require a stiffer than normal mortar that is difficult to work with but allows greater tolerances in brick sizes.
TRUE
30. Outoor joints in brickwork can be tooled raked, stripped, or struck to accentuate the pattern of bricks in the wall in various ways.
FALSE
31. Brick walls must be supported above openings for windows and doors by structures such as lintels.
TRUE
32. A corbel is a recent structural device that allows bricks to span large openings in brick walls.
FALSE
33. Brick vaults and domes, if their lateral thrusts are sufficiently tied, or buttressed, are strong, stable forms.
TRUE
34. A reinforced brick wall is normally created by constructing to wythes of brick 2 to 4 inches apart and filling the cavity with reinforced concrete.
FALSE
35. Low-lift grouting is an ancient practice used in reinforced brick walls that is no longer used due to its propensity for water damage.
FALSE
36. High-lift grouting employs the use of temporary cleanout holes in the lowest course of masonry so the cavity can be periodically flushed from above with water.
TRUE
37. Reinforced masonry walls are much stronger and better able to resist the dynamic stresses of earthquakes than unreinforced brick walls.
TRUE
Running bond: Brickwork consisting entirely of stretchers.
Lead: (rhymes with “bed”) A soft, dull gray, easily formed nonferrous metal.
Lead: (rhymes with “bead") In masonry work, a corner or wall end accurately constructed with the aid of a spirit level to serve as a guide for placing the bricks in the remainder of the wall.
Story pole: A strip of wood marked with the exact course heights of masonry for a particular building; used to make sure that all the leads are identical in height and coursing.
Weathered joint: A mortar joint finished in a sloping, planar profile that tends to shed water to the outside of the wall.
Vee joint: A joint whose profile resembles the letter V.
Concave joint: A mortar joint tooled into a curved, indented profile.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Muriatic acid: Hydrochloric acid.
Lintel: A beam that carries the load of a wall across a window or door opening.
Corbel: A spanning device in which masonry units in successive courses are cantilevered slightly over one another; a projecting bracket of masonry or concrete.
Arch: A structural device that supports a vertical load by translating it into axial inclined forces at its supports.
Centering: Temporary formwork for an arch, dome, or vault.
Spandrel: The wall area between the head of a window on one story and the sill of a window on the floor above; the area of a wall between adjacent arches.
Gauged brick: A brick that has been rubbed on an abrasive stone to reduce it to a trapezoidal shape for use in an arch.
Rough arch: An arch made from masonry units that are rectangular rather than wedge-shaped.
Barrel vault: A segment of a cylindrical surface that spans as an arch.
Dome: An arch rotated about its vertical axis to produce a structure shaped like an inverted bowl; a form used to make one of the cavities in a concrete waffle slab.
Buttress: A structural device, usually of masonry or concrete, that resists the diagonal forces from an arch or vault.
Reinforced brick masonry (RBM): Brickwork into which steel bars have been embedded to impart tensile strength to the construction,
Grout: A high-slump mixture of portland cement, aggregates, and water, which can be poured or pumped into cavities in concrete or masonry for the purpose of embedding reinforcing bars and/ or increasing the amount of loadbearing material in a wall; a specially formulated mortar-like material for filling under steel baseplates and around connections in precast concrete framing; a mortar used to fill joints between ceramic tiles or quarry tiles.
Static coefficient of friction (SCOF): The coefficient of friction, measured between two surfaces at rest relative to each other; used in some finish flooring slip resistance measurements.
See also dynamic coefficient of friction
.
Low-lift grouting: A method of constructing a reinforced masonry wall in which the reinforcing bars are embedded in grout in increments not higher than 4 feet (1200 mm).
High-lift grouting: A method of constructing a reinforced masonry wall in which the reinforcing bars are embedded in grout in story-high increments.
Cleanout hole: An opening at the base of a masonry wall through which mortar droppings and other debris can be removed before the interior cavity of the wall is grouted.
Tie: A device for holding two parts of a construction together; a structural device that acts in tension.
Quoin (pronounced “coin"): A corner reinforcing of cut stone or bricks in a masonry wall, usually done for decorative effect.
Water table: The level at which the pressure of water in the soil is equal to the atmospheric pressure; effectively, the level to which groundwater will fill an excavation; a wood molding or shaped brick used to make a transition between a thicker foundation and the wall above.
Guided Reading Questions
Masonry History
Stone and brick masonry: The strongest and most durable of pre-industrial building materials.
Masonry History
Rich History
Through the mid-1800s
o
Primary Building Materials
Late 1800s
o
New Products Developed (reinf. Concrete, steel)
o
Ended Masonry’s Dominance
20th Century Developments
o
Steel Reinforced Masonry
o
High Strength Mortars
o
High Strength Masonry Units
o
Variety of Sizes, Colors, Textures & Coatings
Masonry - Primary Uses Today
Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)
o
Foundation Walls
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Structural Support Walls (low rise)
o
Backup Walls for Exterior Facing
Brick & Stone
o
Facing Materials - Veneers
o
Decorative Walls
Mortar
Mortar
Cushions
masonry units, ensuring uniform bearing one against the other
Seals joints
between the masonry units, minimizing the flow of air and water
Adheres units, providing resistance to lateral forces
from wind, earthquakes
In combination with brick, contributes to the appearance of the wall
Portland Cement-Lime Mortar Ingredients: Portland cement
Primarily calcium silicates
o
Sources of calcium: Limestone, marble, and other minerals
o
Sources of silica: Clay, sand, shale, marl
Portland cement is an
hydraulic
cement
: It hardens by chemically combining with water (hydration).
Very fine particle size: 0.0004 to 0.0006 inches diameter
Portland Cement-Lime Mortar Ingredients: Aggregate
Natural sand
Manufactured sand
made from crushed stone, gravel, or furnace slag
Particle size: A well-graded mix
with particles ranging in size from 0.003 – 0.187 inches in diameter
Sands must be free of contaminants, physically sound, and not chemically reactive
with the other mortar ingredients.
Portland Cement-Lime Mortar Ingredients: Hydrated lime
Quicklime
: Limestone and other minerals are finely ground and heated to produce calcium and magnesium oxides: CaO/MgO.
Hydrated lime
: Sufficient water is added to quicklime to slake or chemically convert the oxides to hydroxides: Ca(OH)2/Mg(OH)2.
Hydrated lime remains a dry powder
.
Portland Cement-Lime Mortar Ingredients: Water
Clean
, neutral pH, free of contaminants or organic material
Potable water is generally considered suitable.
The Mortar Mix
Sand provides the basic structural capacity
of the hardened mortar.
Cement is the glue
that binds the sand particles together.
Lime improves the workability
of mortar in its plastic state.
A minimum amount of water is necessary for the chemical hydration
of the cement; additional water is added to produce a working consistency to the wet mortar.
Blended hydraulic cement
Portland cement mixed with other cementitious materials
Replaces portland cement in cement-lime mortar mix
Masonry Cement
Proprietary mortar mix
of cementitious materials, lime, plasticizers, and other ingredients
No added lime
Convenience and consistent quality of pre-mixed ingredients
Good workability, and improvements in some properties of hardened mortar such as reduced drying shrinkage
Lower bond strength
than cement-lime mortars
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
A proprietary pre-mixed product
, like masonry cement
But produced to a standard that assures higher bond strength
comparable to cement-lime mortar
Lime Mortar
No hydraulic cement
Cures by a chemical reaction
called carbonation
-atmospheric CO2, combines with the hydroxides
Has some ability to self-heal hairline cracks
that may develop over time; as water and air enter the joint, carbonation can occur and repair the joint
Used primarily for the restoration of historic masonry structures
Mortar Admixtures
Pigments
, colored aggregate
Bond enhancers
: Improve flexural strength, freeze-thaw resistance
Set accelerators and retarders
: Adjust setting time in cold or hot weather
Water repellents
: Improve water resistance (for concrete masonry units only)
Workability enhancers
: Ease placement of wet mortar
Mortar Types
Higher-strength mortars have a higher proportion of cement to lime
in the mortar mix, resulting in higher compressive strength
in the hardened mortar.
Higher strength mortars are more expensive and have poorer workability characteristics
in comparison to lower-strength mortars.
In general, the lowest strength mortar suitable for a particular job is the optimal choice.
Type S and Type N mortars are the most commonly
specified.
Mortar Type Specification: Proportion Specification
Mortar types are defined by the proportion of ingredients
.
o
Simpler and more common method of defining mortar requirements.
Note the higher lime content of lower-strength
mortar types.
Note that no lime is added to mortar cement or masonry cement mixes.
Mortar types are defined by minimum strength and other properties
demonstrated through laboratory testing for the proposed mix.
This specification method is most suitable to large projects, where the added cost and complexity of laboratory testing can be offset by more flexibility in selecting ingredients and proportions in the mortar mix.
Brick Masonry
Brick Raw Materials Preparation
Natural clays
are excavated from the earth.
These raw materials are ground up and screened
to control particle size.
Water
is added to achieve a plastic consistency ready for molding into bricks
.
Brick Forming: Extruded or Stiff mud process bricks
Moderately moist clay
is extruded through dies
and then sliced
into individual units.
Generally least expensive
molding method
Accounts for approximately 90% of US made bricks
The extrusion process naturally produces brick units with a smooth face and high dimensional uniformity
.
Various post-extrusion distressing steps
can be used to create bricks with greater variation in shape and surface texture (right).
Brick Forming: Molded bricks
Soft mud process
: Relatively moist clay
is pressed into individual molds
o
Water-struck: Molds are pre-wetted
o
Sand-struck: Molds are pre-dusted with sand
o
May be hand- or machine-pressed
Dry-press process
: Low-plasticity clays
are kept relatively dry and stiff, and machine-pressed into steel molds
at high pressure.
Molded bricks frequently are associated with more natural variation in texture and dimensional uniformity
than extruded bricks.
Molded brick costs vary with the molding process, but are frequently more expensive
than extruded brick.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Brick Firing
After forming, bricks are dried and then packed into a firing kiln
, where they pass through various stages of drying and chemical
transformation.
Tunnel kiln
(right): Brick loads pass continuously from one end of the kiln to the other.
Periodic kiln
: Batches of bricks are loaded, fired, cooled, and removed.
Firing takes 10 to 40 hours
.
Brick placement and firing conditions affect
:
o
finished brick color
o
uniformity of shape
o
hardness
o
other physical properties
Brick Sizes
Bricks are available in many sizes and standard sizes vary regionally
.
Some bricks are sized so that the dimension of one brick plus one mortar joint equals a convenient nominal dimension
.
Example: A modular brick combined with a mortar joint occupies 4 inches in width (3 5/8" + 3/8") and 8 inches in length (7 5/8" + 3/8").
Special Shapes and Sizes
Special or custom-shaped bricks can be used to form arches, water tables, and many other surfaces and features.
Brick Classifications
Solid brick
: Not less than 75% solid
(in any section cut perpendicular to bearing).
Solid bricks are frequently not 100% solid, to reduce weight and the costs of firing.
Hollow brick
: Up to 60% void
With hollow brick, larger sized units can be kept lighter in weight
Because of their lighter weight, hollow bricks require less energy to fire
.
The larger voids in hollow brick readily accommodate steel reinforcing
in reinforced brick masonry.
Facing brick
: Brick with appearance characteristics graded for exposed applications.
Building brick
(right): Brick intended for concealed locations
where appearance is not a concern.
Brick Grade
Brick
Grade: Defines durability
(e.g., compressive strength, absorption, freeze-thaw resistance)
Grade NW
: Interior brick, concealed building brick, and other brick not exposed to the weather
Grade MW
: Above grade brick only
, in regions of negligible weathering (see map)
Grade SW
: Any weathering region, above or below grade
Brick Type
Brick
Type
: Defines uniformity in size and shape
Applies only to facing brick
Less uniform bricks
, which may be considered more aesthetically desirable, may be more expensive
than more uniform bricks.
More uniform bricks
are more suitable to applications where close dimensional tolerances must be maintained
, such as in a brick masonry curtain wall.
Brickwork Terminology
Course: One horizontal row of bricks
Bed Joint: Horizontal joint between courses
Head Joint: Vertical joint between bricks in same course
Wythe: One vertical stack of bricks
Collar Joint: Vertical joint between wythes
Rowlock: Brick laid on its face, with end visible
Stretcher: Brick laid flat, with face visible
Header: Brick laid flat, with end visible
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Soldier: Brick laid on its end, with its face visible
Sailor: Like a soldier, but with its broader side visible
Brick Bonds
Headers or rowlocks
in a multi-wythe wall serve an important functional purpose, tying together the two
wythes
.
In a single-wythe
wall
, different brick bonds may be chosen purely for the visual patterns
they create in the exposed face of the wall.
Running Bond
: All stretchers
Common Bond
: Stretcher
courses, with a header row usually every 5 or 6 courses
English Bond
: Alternating stretcher and header
courses
Flemish Bond
: Alternating stretchers and headers in each course
Laying Bricks
Corner
leads
are constructed ahead of the rest of the wall
.
Levels and string lines
are used to keep the wall straight and true.
Joint Tooling
Compacts joint surface
to make it more durable and water-resistant.
Neatens joint appearance.
The concave joint
and vee
joint
shed water most effectively and are the most resistant to freeze-thaw.
Spanning Openings
Lintels (steel angle, stone, precast concrete, reinforced)
Arches
Corbelling
Reinforced Brick Masonry (RBM)
Steel reinforcing and grouting are added to the masonry wall, to increase its strength, especially in bending and shear.
Bottom image: a two-wythe RBM panel is load tested.
Additional Resources
Video
Brick Masonry Techniques for Builders - Mortar: Type "N" or Type "S"
Concrete bricks making machine automatic
Brick Masonry Techniques for Builders - Full Head Joints
Brick Masonry
Bricklaying and spreading a bed joint
Chapter 9 - Stone and Concrete Masonry
Thought Points
Focus on the types of stone and their properties, methods of working and finishing stone, the details of conventionally set stonework, production and types of concrete masonry units, grading of concrete masonry units, and decorative CMU.
Key Terms
Igneous rock: Rock formed by the solidification of magma.
Sedimentary rock: Rock formed from materials deposited as sediments, such as sand or sea shells, which form sandstone and limestone, respectively.
Metamorphic rock: A rock created by the action of heat or pressure on a sedimentary rock or soil.
Granite: Igneous rock with visible crystals of quartz and feldspar.
Basalt: A dense and durable igneous rock, usually dark gray; classified by ASTM C119 in the Granite group.
Limestone: A sedimentary rock consisting of calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, or both.
Freestone: Fine-grained sedimentary rock that has no planes of cleavage or sedimentation along which it is likely to split.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Free water: In wood, water held within the cavities of the cells. See also Bound Water.
Quarry sap: Excess water found in rock at the time of its quarrying.
Sandstone: A sedimentary rock formed from sand; classified by ASTM C119 in the QuartzBased Dimension Stone group.
Brownstone: A brownish or reddish sandstone; classified by ASTM C119 in the Quartz-Based Stone group.
Bluestone: A sandstone that is gray to blue-gray and splits readily into thin slabs; classified by ASTM C119 in the QuartzBased Stone group.
Slate: A metamorphic form of clay, easily split into thin sheets.
Marble: A metamorphic rock formed from limestone by heat and pressure.
Travertine: A richly patterned, marblelike form of limestone; classified by ASTM C119 in the Other Stone group.
Dimension stone: Building stone cut to a rectangular shape.
Ashlar: Squared stonework.
Flagstone: Flat stones used for paving or flooring.
Jet burner: A torch that burns fuel oil and compressed air, used in quarrying granite.
Spalling: The cracking or flaking of the surface of concrete or masonry units, caused, for example, by freeze-thaw action, corroding reinforcing, or pointing mortars that are harder and stronger than the mortar deeper in the masonry joint.
Lewis: A device for lifting a block of stone by means of friction exerted against the sides of ahole drilled in the top of the block.
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. Brick is obtained by taking rock from the earth and reducing it to the required shapes and sizes for construction.
FALSE
2. Geologically, stone can be classified into four types according to how it was formed: igneous, sedimentary, moltaic, and metamorphic.
FALSE
3. ASTM C119 classifies stone used in building construction into six groups: granite, limestone, quartz-based stone, slate, marble, and other.
TRUE
4. More than three-quarters of the building stone used in the United States originates in domestic quarries.
FALSE
5. Granite is an igneous rock made of a mosaic of mineral crystals and is nonporous, hard, and durable.
TRUE
6. Basalt is one of a group of stones that may be collectively referred to as “black granites”.
TRUE
7. Limestone may be found in a strongly stratified form or in deposits that are more homogenous in structure.
TRUE
8. Limestone is an igneous rock mainly comprised of a mosaic of mineral crystals like feldspar and quarz.
FALSE
9. Limestone must be seasoned in the air to evaporate the quarry sap to become harder and resistant to frost damage.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
10. Stones in lower density classifications are generally stronger and less porous than those with higher densities.
FALSE
11. Sandstone was formed in ancient times from deposits of quartz sand and will not accept a high polish.
TRUE
12. Slate is a dense, hard stone with closely spaced planes of cleavage along which it easily breaks into cubes.
FALSE
13. In its true geologic form, marble is a recrystallized form of limestone.
TRUE
14. Many of the marbles most prized for their color and figure belong to the classification Group A.
FALSE
15. The marble Group also includes other stones that can take a high polish but are not true marbles, such as dense limestones called limestone marble, onyx marble, serpentine marble, and others.
TRUE
16. Fieldstone is stone that has been quarried and cut into rectangular shapes.
FALSE
17. Flagstone consists of thin slabs of stone, either rectangular or irregular in outline that are used for flooring and paving.
TRUE
18. The oldest method of cutting stone blocks from quarries involves chain saws and belt saws with diamond blades.
FALSE
19. Granite is much harder than other stones, so it is quarried with the use of a jet burner that melts the granite down into a molten form.
FALSE
20. Automated equipment is often used to cut and carve repetitive pieces of stone.
TRUE
21. Common names for stone do not necessarily correspond to their geologic origins, mineral composition, or physical properties.
TRUE
22. Architects and building owners have tended to select stone primarily on the basis of appearance, durability, and cost, often with minimal regard to national origin.
TRUE
23. Stone masonry refers to the mortar used to lay stone blocks much like bricks
FALSE
24. Rubble can take many forms, from founded, river-washed stones to broken pieces from a quarry.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
25. Rubble stonework is laid very much like brickwork, except that the irregular shapes and sizes of the stones require the mason to select each stone carefully to fit the available space.
TRUE
26. Both ashlar and rubble are usually laid with the quarry bed, or grain, of the stone running in the vertical direction, because the stone is both stronger and more weather-resistant in this orientation.
FALSE
27. Concrete masonry can be used for concealed parts of a stone wall because it’s more easily reinforced and less expensive.
TRUE
28. Mortar joins in stone masonry are frequently raked after setting the stones.
TRUE
29. The primary function of the pointing mortar is aesthetic.
FALSE
30. To ensure that pointing mortar does not lead to concentrated stresses at the face of the masonry, it should always be higher strength than the mortar deeper in the joint.
FALSE
31. Some building stones, especially limestone and marble, deteriorate rapidly in the presence of acids.
TRUE
32. Concrete masonry units (CMUs) are manufactured in three basic forms: larger hollow units, solid bricks, and, less commonly, larger solid units.
TRUE
33. Heavier concrete blocks are more expensive to manufacture, but are more resistant to abuse.
FALSE
34. Although concrete masonry can be formed by molds, cutting units with a diamond-bladed power saw is more economical and produces better results.
FALSE
35. Concrete masonry is frequently reinforced with steel to increase its loadbearing capacity, or resistance to seismic forces and cracking. TRUE
36. Joint reinforcing is made of welded grids of small-diameter steel rods that are laid into the bed joints at set vertical intervals.
TRUE
37. In most cases of reinforced vertical block cores, only those cores that do not contain reinforcement bars are grouted.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
38. Lintels for concrete brick walls may be made of steel angles, combinations of rolled steel shapes, reinforced concrete, or bond beam blocks with grouted horizontal reinforcing.
TRUE
39. Dry-stacked and surface-bonded masonry walls are constructed by stacking concrete masonry units in a running bond directly upon one another without the application of mortar.
TRUE
40. Once the dry-stacked wall is complete, a thin layer of a special plaster containing short reinforcing fibers of alkali-resistant glass is applied to each side.
TRUE
41. Decorative concrete masonry units are easily and economically manufactured in an unending variety surface patterns, textures, and colors etc.
TRUE
42. Concrete blocks are more expensive on a volume basis than brick or stone blocks.
FALSE
43. Concrete walls are relatively nonporous.
FALSE
44. Unlike brick, concrete masonry, and stone, glass blocks are nonabsorbent.
TRUE
45. When glass masonry walls are constructed, the mortar stiffens more quickly than it does with these other of materials.
FALSE
46. Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC) is made from sand, lime, water, and a small amount of aluminum powder.
TRUE
47. AAC is available in solid blocks that are laid in mortar like other concrete masonry units.
TRUE
48. AAC is nonporous enough to be left exposed.
FALSE
Uncoursed stone masonry: Stone masonry laid without continuous horizontal joints; random.
Quarry bed: A plane in a building stone that was horizontal before the stone was cut from the quarry; also called grain.
Grain: In wood, the direction of the longitudinal axes of the wood fibers or the figure formed by the fibers. In stone, see Quarry bed.
Raked mortar joint: A mortar joint in which mortar has been removed from the portion of the joint closest to the surface of the masonry.
Pointing mortar: Mortar used for the pointing of masonry joints, generally of relatively low strength and with good workability and adhesion characteristics.
Concrete masonry unit (CMU): A block of hardened concrete, with or without hollow cores, designed to be laid in the same manner as a brick or stone; a concrete block. Concrete block: A concrete masonry unit, usually hollow, that is larger than a brick.
Horizontal reinforcing: Steel reinforcing that runs horizontally in a masonry wall in the form of either welded grids of small-diameter metal rods or larger conventional reinforcing bars.
Structural glazed facing tile: A hollow clay masonry unit with glazed faces.
Structural terra cotta: Molded components, often highly ornamental, made of fired clay, designed to be used in the facades of buildings. Glass block: A hollow masonry unit made of glass.
Autoclaved aerated concrete (AAC): Concrete formulated so as to contain a large percentage of gas bubbles as a result of a chemical reaction that takes place in an atmosphere of steam.
Guided Reading Questions
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Stone versus Brick
Similarities:
o
Both stacked
o
Mortar Joints
Differences:
o
Shape:
Brick molded - Stone Cut and Carved
o
Physical Properties:
Brick made/controlled – Stone provided by nature
Stone Masonry
Geologic Stone Types
Igneous: Rock developed in a molten state
Sedimentary: Rock formed from particles deposited by wind and water
Metamorphic: Formerly igneous or sedimentary rock transformed by heat and pressure
Stone Classification
For commercial purposes, building stone is classified into six groups according to ASTM C199.
1.
Granite
2.
Limestone
3.
Quartz-Based
4.
Slate
5.
Marble
6.
Other groups
Granite Group
Igneous rock
Mixture of mineral crystals; principally feldspar, quartz
Nonporous, strong, durable
Suitable for exposure to severe weathering, ground contact
Many colors
Can accept many finishes, including polished
Limestone Group
Sedimentary rock
Calcium carbonates (oolitic limestone) and magnesium carbonates (dolomitic limestone)
Strength and porosity vary with density
Colors from white, to gray, to red
Normally has a textured finish; only a few types can be polished
Quartz-Based Stone Group
Sedimentary rock
Sandstone: from quartz deposits
Brownstone, and some varieties of bluestone are varieties of sandstone
Varies in density and porosity
Color is often light, but may vary significantly with types of materials that bind the quartz particles
Cannot be polished
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Slate Group
Metamorphic rock
Derived from shales (mineral clays)
Dense, hard, nonabsorbent
Closely spaced planes of cleavage
Variety of colors
Marble Group
Metamorphic rock
Recrystallized limestone
Varies greatly in its physical properties and appearance
Many colors, frequently with extensive veining
Easily polished
This group also includes other stone types that can take a high polish but are not true geologic marbles: limestone marble, onyx marble, serpentine marble, etc.
Other Group
Travertine:
o
Partially-crystallized, patterned calcite
o
Chemically similar to limestone
o
Similar to marble in its physical properties
Alabaster
Greenstone
Schist
Serpentine
Soapstone
Stone Masonry – Process
Quarrying (limestone)
A long-bladed diamond saw
, traveling on rails, makes deep, long cuts into the solid rock.
Closely-spaced horizontal holes are drilled
into the vertical face of the rock to create a plane of weakness near the bottom of the saw cuts (not shown).
Rubber bladders are inserted into the saw kerfs and inflated, causing the large slabs to fall away from the solid rock.
Steel wedges are driven into the separated slab, to cause it to split into smaller blocks.
Blocks are labeled and stacked, ready for transporting to the mill.
Milling operations
Bandsawing
Circular sawing
Hand Carving
Ways to select stone
Past history
can be a good predictor of future performance in similar applications and environments.
Petrographic
analysis: Microscopic analysis
of mineral content and structure
Laboratory Testing
: Water absorption, density, compressive strength, dimensional stability, freeze-thaw resistance, chemical resistance, etc.
Stone Cladding, Stone Curtain Wall
Stone panels mechanically attached
to building frame
Attachment system carries the weight of the panels
Stone Masonry
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Stones carry their own weight.
Most commonly set in mortar, like brick or CMU
May also be dry set
, stacked without mortar, or set on shims with sealant-filled joints
Stone blocks carry gravity loads. CMU wall with anchors provides lateral support.
Laid in Mortar (like bricks) or mechanically fastened in large sheets to a support system
Stone Masonry Patterns
Laid in Mortar
Shape
o
Rubble (Unsquare pieces)
o
Ashlar (Square Pieces)
Type of Joint
o
Coursed or Random
Orientation (grain horiz.)
o
Strength
o
Weather Resistance
Type of Joint
Ashlar: Squared blocks
Random: Laid without continuous horizontal joints
Coursed: Laid with continuous horizontal joints
Stone Masonry
Rubble: Unsquared stone blocks
Random: Laid without continuous horizontal joints
Coursed: Laid with continuous horizontal joints
Concrete Masonry – CMU Manufacturing Process
Concrete Masonry Units
Manufacturing Process
o
Stiff concrete mixture into metal molds, wet blocks are turn onto A rack
Configurations
o
Sizes & shapes- Solid bricks, large solid, hollow units
o
Weights- Lightweight to Normal
Testing Standards
Stiff concrete mix pressed into metal molds
Steam curing in autoclaves accelerates curing
CMU- Sizes
Standard nominal size: 8" x 8" x 16"
Actual size is 3/8-inch less in each dimension.
Other common sizes:
o
8" in length
o
4", 6", 10", and 12" width
Hollow Concrete Block
Most common CMU
Sizes- 8” most common
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Placement Cost
o
More economical to lay than brick
Reinforcing- conducive
Uses
o
Back up wall for brick or stone
Finishes- plaster, stucco, tile, exposed or coated
CMU Weight Classifications
Lighter weight blocks
o
Less expensive to transport and lay
o
Lower thermal conductivity: higher fire-resistance rating and potentially better building envelope thermal performance
Heavier weight blocks
o
More durable
o
Higher compressive strength
o
Better acoustical isolation between adjacent spaces
Concrete Masonry – CMU Installation Process
Laying CMU
Mortar is identical to that used for brick masonry.
Corner leads
are laid first.
String lines and levels
are used to keep walls straight, plumb, and level.
Joints are tooled
and the face of the blocks cleaned as work progresses.
Concrete Masonry Reinforcing
Reinforcing increases compressive strength, resistance to cracking, and resist to lateral forces
.
Vertical steel reinforcing bars in a fully-grouted concrete block wall
Horizontal joint reinforcing
and vertical steel reinforcing bars
Joint reinforcing is made from wires that are small enough in diameter to fit within the mortar joint.
Horizontal reinforcing bars
A masonry saw has been used to partially cut out the webs of the blocks,
making space for the bars. (The cutoffs
can be seen lying on the ground to the left of the wall.)
The blocks have yet to be grouted.
Horizontal and vertical reinforcing bars
Note the blocks with specially-shaped webs
that accommodate the horizontal reinforcing without modification.
Spanning Openings
Structural steel
Steel reinforced concrete block lintel
Precast concrete
CMU Decorative or Architectural
Decorative or Architectural CMU
Easily & economical to manufactured
Variety- surface, color, texture
Uses- exterior & interior
Split-face block
Two or more blocks are cast as a single unit
.
During the curing process, the blocks are split with knife-like
blades.
Naturally textured surfaces with exposed aggregate are created.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Ground-face block
After curing, block surface is ground smooth
, creating a polished terrazzo-like surface.
In any architectural block, the color of aggregates and cement can also be varied.
Other Types of Masonry Units
Glazed block, structural glazed facing tiles
Terra cotta
Glass block
Additional Resources
Videos
Stone Masonry
Basic of Bricklaying
Stone Masonry, Footing
Stone work
Chapter 10 –Masonry Wall Construction
Thought Points
Focus on details of masonry walls and their potential concerns.
Review the details of a masonry cavity walls.
Key Terms
Solid masonry: Masonry walls without cavities; historically, thick, monolithic masonry walls that rely primarily on their mass for their strength, durability, and tempering of the flow of heat and moisture from inside to outside.
Cavity wall: A masonry wall that includes a continuous airspace between its outer most wythe and the remainder of the wall.
Flashing: A thin, continuous sheet of metal, plastic, rubber, or waterproof paper used to prevent the passage of water through a joint in a wall, roof, or chimney.
Weep hole: A small opening whose purpose is to permit drainage of water that accumulates inside a building component or assembly.
Dampproofing: A coating intended to resist the passage of water, commonly applied to the outside face of basement walls or to the inner face of a cavity in a masonry cavity wall.
Cavity drainage material: A material placed in the airspace of a cavity wall to catch mortar droppings and prevent clogging of weep holes at the bottom of the cavity.
Veneer: A thin layer, sheet, or facing.
Bearing wall: A wall that carries structural loads from floors, roofs, or walls above.
Ordinary construction: A traditional building type with exterior masonry bearing walls and an interior structure of balloon framing.
Guided Reading Questions
Answe
1. Composite masonry walls are solid walls in which a single wythe is bonded to the wood structure or paneling behind it in such a way that they act as a unified mass.
FALSE
2. Every masonry wall is porous to some degree.
TRUE
3. Solid masonry construction relies on the wall’s mass to absorb and then gradually release moisture that enters the wall.
TRUE
4. A cavity wall interposes a hollow vertical space within the wall to intercept water that penetrates the outer wythe.
TRUE
5. To further protect against water penetration, dampproofing or other water resistive material is applied to the outside of the face wythe, or veneer.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
6. In a loadbearing cavity wall, the backup wythe normally carries structural loads, while the outer wythe serves as a nonstructural veneer.
TRUE
7. Reinforced masonry loadbearing walls can be constructed to be thinner than comparable unreinforced walls resulting in savings in materials, construction labor, and floor area taken up by the wall.
TRUE
8. After a reinforced wall has been completed, but before the mortar has cured, each rod or tendon is tensioned and anchored in its taut condition.
FALSE
9. Ordinary construction describes the method of using wood light frame joists and rafters for framing the floors and roof and supporting them at the perimeter on masonry walls.
TRUE
10. Platform framing of the interior loadbearing partitions is used in ordinary construction instead of balloon framing because it minimizes the sloping of floors.
FALSE
11. Buildings constructed of exterior masonry and interior heavy timber construction are traditionally referred to as Mill construction.
TRUE
12. The traditionally recommended separation between wythes of a cavity wall is not less than 6 inches.
FALSE
13. External masonry flashings are used to catch water that has entered the wall and drain it through weep holes back to the exterior.
FALSE
14. The metal coping at the top of a masonry parapet is one example of an external flashing.
TRUE
15. Flashing at the intersection of a flat roof and a wall parapet is usually constructed in two overlapping parts: a base flashing that is part of the roof membrane and an external metal counterflashing.
TRUE
16. Sheet metal flashings are the least expensive and least durable flashings.
FALSE
17. Aluminum is unsuitable for flashings in masonry walls because it reacts chemically with mortar.
TRUE
18. At corners and other junctions where sections of flashing material meet, the pieces should be lapped and soldered or sealed with a suitable mastic.
TRUE
19. Cavity wall vents are similar to weeps but located to the top of the wall cavity.
TRUE
20. A solid masonry wall is an efficient insulator.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
21. Exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS) consists of panels of plastic foam that are attached to the masonry and covered with a thin, continuous layer of polymeric stucco reinforced with glass fiber mesh.
TRUE
22. Masonry walls do not expand or contract in response to changes in temperature and moisture content.
FALSE
23. New concrete masonry units usually shrink somewhat as they give off excess water following manufacture.
TRUE
24. Control joints are intentionally created planes of weakness that can be open to accommodate shrinkage in masonry surfaces, usually during initial curing.
TRUE
25. Isolation joints are placed at junctions between masonry and other materials to accommodate differences in movement between these materials.
TRUE
26. Settlement joints are used to divide a geometrically complex building into smaller units that can move independently of one another during an earthquake.
FALSE
27. Efflorescence is a hard, grey mortar byproduct that sometimes appears on the surface of brick, stone, or concrete masonry.
FALSE
28. Efflorescence consists of one or more water-soluble salts that were originally present either in the masonry units or in the mortar.
TRUE
29. Mortar joints are the weakest link in most masonry walls.
TRUE
30. Repointing is a process of raking and cutting out defective mortar and replacing it with fresh mortar.
TRUE
31. Most masonry materials, including mortar, are nonporous and prevent the conduction of water from one side of the wall to the other.
FALSE
32. Integral water repellents may be added to the mortar when exterior walls are constructed of solid masonry.
TRUE
33. Mortar cannot be allowed to freeze after it has cured; otherwise, its strength and watertightness may be seriously impaired.
FALSE
34. Permeable unit paving systems allow rainwater to pass through the paving system and infiltrate the soil beneath.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
35. Walls made of masonry are naturally effective and durable barriers to the passage of fire, making them well suited for use as fire walls and other types of fire-resistant separations within and between buildings.
TRUE
36. Due to their hard surfaces, masonry walls are ineffective in limited the transmission of sound from one space to another.
FALSE
Heavy Timber Construction: A type of wood construction made from large wood members and solid timber decking in a post-and-beam configuration; in the International Building Code, buildings of Type IV HT construction, consisting of heavy timber interior construction and noncombustible exterior walls, which are considered to have moderate fire-resistive properties.
External flashing: In masonry, a flashing that is not concealed within the wall, usually at the roof level or top of the wall.
Internal flashing: In masonry, a flashing concealed with the masonry; also called a concealed or through-wall flashing.
Base flashing: The flashing at the edges of a low-slope roof membrane that turns up against the adjacent face of a parapet or wall; frequently overlapped by a counterflashing.
Counterflashing: A lashing turned down from above to overlap another flashing turned up from below so as to shed water.
Reglet: A slot, usually horizontal, and inclined in cross section, into which a flashing or roof membrane may be inserted in a concrete or masonry surface.
Self-adhered flashing: A flexible, self-sticking flashing material, usually made of polymermodified asphalt laminated to a plastic backing, with preapplied adhesive on one side.
End dam: The turned-up end of a slashing that prevents water from running out of the end; a block inserted into the space within a horizontal aluminum mullion for the same purpose.
Exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS): A cladding system that consists of a thin layer of reinforced stucco applied directly to the surface of an insulating plastic foam board.
Furring strip: A length of wood or metal attached to a masonry or concrete wall to permit the attachment of finish materials using screws or nails; any linear material used to create a spatial separation between a finish material and an underlying substrate.
Nonmovement joint: A connection between materials or elements that is not designed to allow movement between the parts.
Movement joint: A line or plane along which movement is allowed to take place in a building or a surface of a building in response to such forces as moisture expansion and contraction, thermal expansion and contraction, foundation settling, and seismic forces.
Working joint: A connection that is designed to allow small amounts of relative movement between two pieces of a building assembly.
Structure/enclosure joint: A connection designed to allow the structure of a building and its cladding or partitions to move independently.
Isolation joint: A type of joint used to separate abutting materials or assemblies that should remain structurally independent, such as where new construction meets old, or where a nonstructural slab on grade abuts structural columns or walls.
Control joint: An intentional, linear discontinuity in a structure or component designed to form a plane of weakness where cracking can occur in response to various forces so as to minimize or eliminate cracking elsewhere. Also called a contraction joint.
Expansion joint: A seam within a material or between materials that provides for material expansion and contraction.
Building separation joint: A plane along which a building is divided into separate structures that may move independently of one another.
Volume-change joint: A building separation joint that allows for expansion and contraction of adjacent portions of a building without distress.
Settlement joint: A building separation joint that allows the foundations of adjacent building masses to settle at different rates.
Efflorescence: A light-colored, powdery deposit on the face of masonry or concrete, caused by the leaching of chemical salts from water migrating from within the structure to the surface.
Spalling: The cracking or flaking of the surface of concrete or masonry units, caused, for example, by freeze-thaw action, corroding reinforcing, or pointing mortars that are harder and stronger than the mortar deeper in the masonry joint.
Repointing: The process of removing deteriorated mortar from the zone near the surface of a brick wall and inserting fresh mortar.
Tuckpointing: Traditionally, a method of finishing masonry joints using mortars of different colors to artificially create the appearance of a more refined joint; in contemporary usage, may be used interchangeably with repointing.
Guided Reading Questions
Types of Masonry Walls
Composite Masonry Walls
Multiwythe
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Outer wythe of stone, face brick, or other durable masonry material
o
Inner wythes of less expensive CMU or clay units which do not require the same level of durability or finish appearance
Solid--no internal cavity
o
Space between wythes is filled with mortar
Wythes are bonded with:
o
Header units (in traditional construction)
o
Metal ties or reinforcing (right)
Most commonly associated with traditional or historic masonry wall construction
Masonry Cavity Walls
Greater resistance to water penetration
than solid or composite walls
Multiwythe
A continuous air space
between wythes acts as an internal drainage plane.
Water that penetrates the outer wythe runs down the cavity and then is drained back to the exterior.
Wall ties
or
veneer ties
, made of corrosion resistant metal
, span the cavity and allow the inner wythe to provide lateral support to the, usually thinner, outer wythe.
o
Stainless steel: longest lasting
o
Galvanized (zinc-coated) steel: less expensive
Wall ties come in a great variety of configurations
. In this illustration the ties also serve to hold rigid insulation boards snugly against the inner wythe.
Flashings:
Continuous waterproof membranes that intercept water in the cavity and redirect it to the exterior
Weep holes
:
Allow water to drain out from wall
Dampproofing
:
Water-repellent coatings applied to the face of the inner wythe to provide additional resistance to water penetration
The mastic air barrier
also serves as the water-repellent coating.
The minimum recommended cavity depth is 2 inches
, to allow space for masons to keep the cavity clear of mortar droppings during construction.
Water-resistant rigid insulation boards can be inserted into the cavity.
But a minimum of 1 inch of clear airspace should be preserved.
Cavity drainage materials
:
Materials inserted into the cavity to catch mortar droppings and prevent obstruction of weep holes
Mortar droppings should always be minimized, as they form bridges across the cavity that can allow water to bridge the cavity as well.
Cavity drainage materials
:
Materials inserted into the cavity to catch mortar droppings and prevent obstruction of weep holes
Mortar droppings should always be minimized, as they form bridges across the cavity that can allow water to bridge the cavity as well.
Masonry Loadbearing Walls
Carry gravity loads from other parts of the building structure
(adjacent floors and roof)
In modern construction, almost always reinforced
o
Greater strength
o
Much improved resistance to seismic forces
May be composite or cavity wall construction
o
In loadbearing cavity walls, the inner wythe is usually the loadbearing wythe
and the outer wythe or veneer is nonstructural.
Spanning Systems For Masonry Bearing Wall Construction
Ordinary Construction
Light wood frame interior structure, with noncombustible masonry exterior walls
Mill Construction
Heavy timber interior structure
, with noncombustible masonry exterior walls
Mill construction is considered more fire-resistant than ordinary construction
because the heavy timbers are slower burning than the thinner framing members of ordinary construction.
Steel and Concrete Decks with Masonry Bearing Walls
Open-web steel joists, corrugated steel decking, and concrete floor slabs with masonry bearing walls
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
OWSJs
are well suited to masonry loadbearing construction because of their relatively close spacing which imposes a more uniform load on the masonry wall
.
With structural steel framing at greater spacings, extra reinforcing or enlarged masonry piers may be required to carry the greater concentrated loads at bearing points.
Precast concrete hollow core slabs with cast-in-place concrete topping
The wall in this example is single-wythe, fully grouted, reinforced CMU bearing wall
.
Traditional Masonry Loadbearing Wall Construction
Light wood joists bearing on a traditional solid brick masonry wall.
Traditional masonry structures are under-reinforced
by contemporary standards and often must be structurally upgraded.
Steel straps and perimeter steel angles tie
the floor to the exterior wall to improve the building's ability to transfer seismic loads from the unreinforced masonry walls, to the structural frame.
The floors and roofs are tied to new, structural steel framing
that is strategically inserted into the building and which can carry the seismic loads securely to the foundation.
Detailing Masonry Walls
Flashings and Drainage
Flashings
are built into masonry walls to intercept water that penetrates the wall and direct the water back to the exterior
.
Common materials include various metals, synthetic rubber or bituminous membranes, and plastics
.
Materials should be chosen with longevity
in mind—
internal
flashings must last as long as the wall.
Flashings and Drainage: Metal Flashings
Most expensive and most durable
Stainless steel
o
Long-lasting
o
Non-staining
o
Stiffer and harder to form than copper
Copper
(
middle
)
o
Long-lasting
o
Runoff from flashing can cause staining by copper oxides
o
Softer and more easily formed than stainless steel
Galvanized
(zinc-coated) steel
o
Less expensive
o
Less durable
o
Not recommended for permanent internal flashings
o
OK for external, replaceable flashings
Aluminum
o
Not recommended for masonry walls because this metal reacts chemically with the highly alkaline mortar
Flashings and Drainage: Membrane Flashings
Self-adhering
bituminous membranes
(right)
o
Polymer-modified bitumens laminated to plastic backings
o
Self-sticking
to substrate
o
Less expensive
and easier
to install than metal flashings
o
Have some capacity to self-seal around penetrations
o
Cannot span cavities or other significant gaps without backup metal support
EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer
)
o
Synthetic rubber
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Long-lasting
o
Easy to install
Other plastics
o
May be vulnerable to tearing or other deterioration
Membrane flashings cannot be permanently exposed to sunlight
. They are often combined with metal
where flashings must project from the wall.
Flashings and Drainage: Composite Flashings
Copper or other metals laminated with heavy paper, plastic film, or other materials
Material costs are less than all-metal flashings because the thinner metal sheets are used
.
The laminating layers provide added strength, compensating for the thinner sheet metal.
Copper laminated with asphalt-saturated glass fabric
Flashings and Drainage: Joining and Sealing Flashings
Where flashing sections meet, the joints must be made watertight
.
Metals are most permanently joined and sealed by soldering or welding
. Sealing with mastics is less expensive, but also less permanent.
Membrane and composite flashings are sealed with mastics (right) or adhesive sealants
.
Self-adhering flashings are lapped
and self-adhered to form a watertight seal.
Flashings and Drainage: Flashing Locations
A
through-wall (internal) flashing
installed underneath the top-of-wall coping units intercepts water that passes between joints of those units.
An external flashing
, in this case a counterflashing,
is installed on the back of the parapet to prevent water from passing behind and under the roof membrane termination.
Through-wall flashings should be installed at all interruptions in the cavity
.
A flashing above a wall opening
intercepts water in the cavity and prevents it from spilling into the opening.
A flashing below a wall opening
intercepts water that enters around the opening and keeps it out of the wall.
Where a metal angle
provides support to the exterior brick wythe, a flashing on top of the angle intercepts water in the cavity
.
The angle itself is not sufficiently watertight around its back and at its ends to act as a flashing on its own. The flashing also protects the angle from exposure to water and corrosion.
A flashing at the base of the wall
intercepts water in the cavity.
Flashings are also used in composite walls, to intercept water that infiltrates the wall.
Flashings and Drainage: Flashing Details
The backs of flashings are turned up to direct captured water toward the exterior of the wall
.
Flashing ends are turned up and folded to form
end dams
which prevent water from spilling off the ends of the flashing into the cavity.
Flashings under windows and doors are often called sill pans
.
Best practice: Flashings should project beyond the face of the wall at least ¾-inch and angle downward
, so that water intercepted by the flashing falls free of the wall and does not cling to the underside of the flashing
and seep back into the wall.
The exposed, projecting end of the flashing must be metal
. Membranes and composite materials are not stiff enough and many degrade under exposure to sun light.
Flashings and Drainage: Weeps
A short length of rope
has been inserted into the head joint between masonry units to form a weep.
In some cases, the rope will remain
in the joint after the wall is completed, acting as a wick to draw water pooled on the flashing out of the cavity.
In other cases, the rope is removed
after the mortar has hardened, leaving a small opening.
Weeps formed with a small-diameter plastic tube
and a pre-formed plastic insert.
Also below, the bituminous flashing membrane is creeping out
from between the masonry bed joint. A better practice is to finish flashings with stiff metal
edges that can protrude neatly from the wall.
Thermal Insulation
Rigid foam
, part of an Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS), can be applied to the exterior side of a masonry wall
.
With exterior insulation, the thermal mass of the masonry is coupled to the interior conditioned environment, and can contribute to energy savings in some circumstances.
Rigid foam insulation can be inserted into the masonry wall cavity
.
CMU cores can be insulated
with loose granular insulation or rigid foam inserts.
The effectiveness of insulation in CMU cores is limited by thermal bridging of the solid portions of the CMUs, and by the absence of insulation in cells where reinforcing and grouting is required.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Proprietary CMUs with special foam inserts can improve energy efficiency by reducing thermal bridging.
A variety of types of insulation can be applied to the inner side of the wall
.
Rigid foam boards being fastened to the interior side of a CMU wall using a proprietary furring system
Special Problems in Masonry Construction
Expansion and Contraction
Masonry construction expands and contracts due to changes in temperature, moisture content, and structural loading
.
Joints must be provided to allow movement
to occur without causing unsightly or detrimental cracking:
o
Where changes in geometry create stress concentrations
o
Close to corners
o
At intervals no greater than 125' in straight walls
o
At changes in support conditions
Joints are sealed at the surface of the wall
, for appearance considerations and to prevent the uncontrolled passage of air and water.
Some joint designs restrict out-of-plane movement between adjacent wall sections while permitting expansion and contraction in the plane of the wall.
Vertical expansion joints
in brick veneer on either side of stacked window openings
A flexible sealant material that can expand and contract with movement is applied to the joint
.
Sealant color can be chosen to match that of the mortar and sand can be cast into the surface of the sealant before it cures, to imitate the appearance of a mortar joint.
Brick
expands
slightly over time
as it absorbs moisture from the atmosphere.
Many structural systems, especially those of concrete,
shrink
slightly over time due to long term effects of structural loads
.
On multistory buildings, horizontal expansion joints must be provided in brick veneer
to allow gradual expansion of the brick.
If these joints are omitted, the veneer will gradually become compressed, bow outward, and eventually fail.
The thin, horizontal white lines are expansion joints in the brick veneer
located approximately level with the floor structure behind from which the veneer is supported.
A close-up of one of the expansion joints
in the last image
Note the weep hole
.
This joint does not follow best practices
:
o
The internal flashing does not project beyond the face of the wall
.
o
The joint is not wide enough
to accommodate significant movement in the veneer without risking failure of the sealant joint or overstressing of the veneer.
Horizontal and vertical expansion joints are provided where changes in the supporting structure are likely
to cause differential movements in the veneer.
Efflorescence
White crystalline deposits
occur on the surface of masonry when moisture within carries salts from the mortar or masonry units to the surface and then evaporates
, leaving the salts behind.
Efflorescence is most common with new masonry
and usually decreases over time.
It can be minimized by avoiding contaminants in the masonry ingredients, and by keeping water out of the wall both during and after construction.
Mortar Joint Deterioration
Water and freeze/thaw action deteriorate mortar joints over time
.
Repointing
:
Deteriorated mortar is cut out and the joints are refinished with fresh mortar.
Care must be exercised that the new mortar is not harder or more brittle
than the mortar in the remainder of the joint, or early mortar failure or damage to the bricks themselves can result.
Moisture Resistance of Masonry
Cavity wall construction limits water passage
through masonry walls.
Various water repellent
coatings
, either clear or opaque, can be applied to the wall surface. But coatings should be breathable to allow moisture that does infiltrate the wall to escape
.
Mortar and concrete for CMUs can be mixed with additives that increase their water repellency
.
Cold and Hot Weather Construction
Mortar must not freeze while it is curing
:
o
Keep materials dry.
o
Preheat materials.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Protect construction from weather and wind.
o
Use cement types that cure rapidly and generate more heat while curing.
o
Provide temporary space heating.
In especially hot weather, mortar should be protected from water loss
:
o
Keep mortar in shade
to prevent rapid water evaporation.
o
Pre-wet masonry
units to prevent excessive water absorption.
MODULE 4
Table of contents
Weekly Readings
Chapter 3 Wood and Wood Products
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Trees
o
Lumber
o
Wood Products
o
Wood Fasteners
o
Manufactured Wood Products
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 4 - Heavy Timber Frame Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Heavy Timber Frame Construction
o
Fire-Resistive Heavy Timber Construction
o
Connections
o
Longer Spans in Heavy Timber
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 5 - Wood Light Frame Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Wood Light Frame Construction
o
Foundations for Light Frame Structures
o
Building the Frame
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Light Wood Framing & the Building Codes
o
Additional Resources
Weekly Readings
This week you will read chapters 3, 4, and 5.
Chapter 3 Wood and Wood Products
Focus on the basics of wood and types of wood products used in construction.
Key Terms
Cambium
: The thin layer beneath the bark of a tree that manufactures cells of wood and bark.
Sapwood
: The living wood in the outer region of a tree trunk or branch.
Heartwood
: The dead wood cells in the center region of a tree trunk.
Cellulose
: A complex polymeric carbohydrate of which the structural fibers in wood are composed.
Lignin
: The natural cementing substance that binds together the cellulose in wood.
Grain
: In wood, the direction of the longitudinal axes of the wood fibers or the figure formed by the fibers. In stone, see Quarry bed (A plane in a building stone that was horizontal before the stone was cut from the quarry; also called grain).
Springwood
: In wood, the portion of the growth ring comprised of relatively larger, less dense cells; also called earlywood.
Plainsawn lumber
: Lumber sawn in such a way that significant portions of the growth rings are oriented roughly flat relative to the board's broader face.
Softwood
: Wood from coniferous (evergreen) trees.
Quartersawn lumber
: For softwoods, lumber sawn in such a way that growth rings are aligned at an angle of approximately 45 degrees or steeper relative to the board's broader face. For hardwoods, sawn such that the growth rings are aligned at an angle of approximately 60 degrees or steeper to the broader face.
Tracheid
: The longitudinal cells in a softwood.
Ray
: A tubular cell that runs radially in a tree trunk.
Bottom plate
: See Sole plate. Bound water in wood, the water held within the cellulose of the cell walls. See also Free water.
Equilibrium moisture content (EMC)
: The moisture content at which wood stabilizes after a period of time in its destination environment.
Seasoning
: The drying of wood, to bring its moisture content into equilibrium with ambient conditions.
Longitudinal shrinkage
: In wood, shrinkage along the length of the log.
Radial shrinkage
: In wood, shrinkage perpendicular to the growth rings.
Tangential shrinkage
: In wood, shrinkage along the circumference of the log.
Knot
: A growth characteristic in wood, occurring where a branch joined the trunk of the tree from which the wood was sawed.
Cup
: A curl in the cross section of a board or timber caused by unequal shrinkage or expansion between one side of the board and the other.
Wane
: An irregular rounding of a long edge of a piece of dimension lumber caused by cutting the lumber from too near the outside surface of the log.
Visual grading
: The grading of wood for its structural properties, based on visual inspection, as distinct from machine grading; not to be confused with appearance grading.
Machine grading
: The grading of wood for its structural properties, performed by automated machinery, as distinct from visual grading.
Appearance grading
: The grading of wood for its appearance, as distinct from its structural properties; not to be confused with visual grading.
Nominal dimension
: An approximate dimension assigned to a piece of material as a convenience in describing its size, as distinct from its actual dimension.
Actual dimension
: The true dimension of a material, as distinct from its nominal dimension.
Board foot
: A unit of lumber volume, nominally 12 square inches in cross sectional area and 1 foot long.
Board siding
: Wood cladding made up of boards, as differentiated from shingles or manufactured wood panels.
Dimension lumber
: Lengths of wood, rectangular in cross section, sawed directly from the log.
Timber
: Standing trees; a large piece of dimension lumber.
Veneer
: A thin layer, sheet, or facing.
Rotary-sliced veneer
: A thin sheet of wood produced by rotating a log against a long, sharp knife blade in a lathe.
Sliced veneer
: Thin sheets of wood produced by pressing a knife against a log.
Sawn veneer
: Thin sheets of wood produced by sawing, rather than slicing with a knife blade.
Plainsliced veneer
: Veneer sliced from a log without regard to the direction of the annual rings, as distinct from quartersliced.
Quartersliced veneer
: Veneer sliced in such a way that the annual rings appear closely spaced and run roughly perpendicular to the face of each veneer.
Flitch
: A collection of solid wood members or veneers, all cut from a single log.
Glue-laminated wood
: A wood member made up of a large number of small strips of wood glued together.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Glulam
: A shorthand expression for glue-laminated wood.
Cross-laminated timber (CLT)
: Structural panels fabricated from solid lumber pieces, with members in each layer alternating in orientation from those above and below; used as structural floor, wall, and roof elements.
Structural composite lumber
: Substitutes for solid lumber made from wood veneers or wood fiber strands and glue; also called engineered lumber.
Laminated strand lumber (LSL)
: Wood members made up of long shreds of wood fiberjoined with a binder.
Oriented strand lumber (OSL)
: Structural composite lumber made from shredded wood strands, coated with adhesive, and pressed into a rectangular cross section.
Laminated veneer lumber (LVL)
: Structural composite lumber made up of thin wood veneers joined with glue.
Parallel strand lumber (PSL)
: Structural composite lumber made of wood shreds oriented parallel to the long axis of each piece and bonded together with adhesive.
Structural finger jointed lumber
I-joist
: A manufactured wood framing member whose cross-sectional shape resembles the letter I.
Wood-plastic composite (WPC)
: Wood-like products made from wood fibers, plastics of various types, and other additives, with a plastic content not exceeding 50 percent.
Cantilever
: A beam, truss, or slab that extends beyond its last point of support.
Plastic lumber
: Lumber-like products with a plastic content of 50 percent or more.
Structural-grade plastic lumber (SGPL)
: Lumber-like plastic members, reinforced with glass fibers, and formulated to be roughly as strong as conventional solid wood.
Plywood
: A wood panel composed of an odd number of layers of wood veneer bonded together under pressure.
Oriented strand board (OSB)
: A building panel composed of long shreds of wood fiber oriented in specific directions and bonded together under pressure.
Particleboard
: A building panel composed of small particles of wood bonded together under pressure.
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. Softwoods come from coniferous trees and hardwoods from broadleafed trees.
TRUE
2. Despite their names, softwoods are usually more dense and harder than hardwoods.
FALSE
3. Generally, softwoods have a relatively coarse and plain grain figure, whereas hardwoods show finer, more attractive patterns.
TRUE
4. Most lumber used today for the building structural frame comes from hardwoods, which are comparatively plentiful and inexpensive.
FALSE
5. Environmentally certified wood comes from forests that are managed according to the guidelines of one of several organizations that set standards for long-term ecology sustainability, resource conservation, and other considerations.
TRUE
6. The Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certification program ensures responsible forest management practices that prevent overharvesting, maintain biological diversity, conserve natural resources, and protect the environment.
TRUE
7. The trees, ground litter, and soil of the Earth’s forests are responsible for storing tens of billions of tons of sequestered carbon.
TRUE
8. Because trees are responsible for sequestering so much carbon, deforestation emits very moderate levels of carbon dioxide.
FALSE
9. Carbon accounts for roughly 1% of the weight of dry wood.
FALSE
10. When lumber is extracted from the forest and placed into use in buildings, its carbon remains stored within it.
TRUE
11. Wood construction helps to mitigate climate change by acting as a large carbon sink.
TRUE
12. The value of carbon sequestration should be counted regardless of whether the forest of origin is managed sustainably.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
13. The beneficial impact of sequestered carbon may be part of a cradle-to-grave analysis, unlike a cradle-to-gate analysis, because it can also account for the potential return of carbon to the atmosphere under various material reuse or disposal scenarios.
TRUE
14. The round logs transported after the felling of trees are called lumber.
FALSE
15. Roundwood is a straight, cylindrical, longitudinal cut of lumber that may be finished or unfinished.
FALSE
16. Plainsawn lumber produces the maximum yield of useful pieces, making it the most economical sawing method.
TRUE
17. Quartersawing produces more waste and smaller pieces relative to plainsawn, but produces more dimensionally stable and more visually pleasing grain figures.
TRUE
18. Quartersawn softwood lumber is used for flooring, trim, siding, and other types of finish woodwork, where its advantages justify the added expense.
TRUE
19. Plainsawn lumber may also be referred to as vertical-grain lumber, and quartersawn may also be referred to as flat-grain.
FALSE
20. Moisture content is described as the percentage of water needed to keep a sample of wood alive.
FALSE
21. Water stored within cell cavities is called free water, and its evaporation has little effect on the physical properties of the wood, other than to lighten it.
TRUE
22. Bound water describes the sum of free water and natural moisture content in wood.
FALSE
23. Reduction in moisture content below the fiber saturation point have significant effects on the mechanical properties of wood, causing it to shrink and lose strength and stiffness.
FALSE
24. Equilibrium moisture content describes the final moisture condition of wood at equilibrium with its ambient surroundings.
TRUE
25. The extent of drying necessary for lumber varies on the application and is called seasoning.
TRUE
26. Most lumber is seasoned on site.
FALSE
27. Air drying is preferred to kiln drying because it’s cheaper and produces lumber with fewer distortions and more uniform quality.
FALSE
28. Larger-dimension timbers, which are very slow to dry, are frequently allowed to complete their seasoning in their final place.
TRUE
29. Wood typically shrinks and swells uniformly.
FALSE
30. If an entire log is seasoned before sawing, the difference between the tangential and radial shrinkage will cause it to check, or split open along its length.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
31. When lumber is sawn from the log, its position in the log determines in large part how it will distort as it dries.
TRUE
32. Lumber used in building construction is normally surfaced by planes to make it smooth, more dimensionally precise, and safer to handle.
TRUE
33. Planking for temporary scaffolding benefits from surfaced lumber because it’s less slippery when wet and slightly stronger and stiffer than unsurfaced planks.
FALSE
34. The designation S-DRY on a lumber grade stamp indicates that it was surfaced before it was seasoned.
FALSE
35. Growth characteristics are discontinuities in the structure of lumber caused by the tree it comes from.
TRUE
36. Knots, knotholes, decay, and insect damage are all examples of defects called manufacturing characteristics.
FALSE
37. Knots and knotholes improve the strength of a piece of lumber, but make it more difficult to cut and shape.
FALSE
38. Manufacturing characteristics arise largely from changes that take place during the seasoning process because of the differences in rates of shrinkage with varying orientations to the grain.
TRUE
39. Wane is a manufacturing characteristic described as irregular rounding of edges or faces that is caused by sawing pieces too close to the perimeter of the log.
TRUE
40. Badly bowed wall studs, floor joists, or roof rafters may be straightened by sawing or planning away the crown before being covered by wallboard, subflooring, or sheathing.
TRUE
41. Machine stress rated (MSR) lumber, machine evaluated lumber (MEL), and E-rated lumber are all visual grading processes.
FALSE
42. The intermingling of similar species within one group risks an inflation in harvesting, production, and distribution costs.
FALSE
43. Lumber sizes in North America are given as nominal sizes in inches describing the dimensions of the lumber after sawing and seasoning are complete.
FALSE
44. Wood produced in very thin sheets is called veneer.
TRUE
45. The log from which veneer is taken is called a flitch.
TRUE
46. Veneers that are sequenced come from a single flitch and are arranged in the finished work in the same order they came from the log.
TRUE
47. End joints between individual pieces of lumber are finger jointed or scarf jointed and glued to create structural continuity from one piece to the next.
TRUE
48. Glue-laminated wood, also called glulam, are large wood structural members produced by gluing large, unsawn pieces of softwood lumber.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
49. The end pieces of glue-laminated wood members are finger jointed or scarf jointed and glued to create structural continuity from one piece to the next.
TRUE
50. Hybrid glulam beams substitute laminated veneer lumber to increase stiffness and strength.
TRUE
51. Cross-laminated timbers (CLTs) are hollow panels laminated from thin boards of lumber, with the orientation of members alternating between layers.
FALSE
52. Lumber used in the manufacture of cross-laminated timber panels is seasoned to a 12 percent moisture content, a relatively low value that helps to minimize dimensional changes and checking in the finished panels.
TRUE
53. Compared to CLTs and large solid timbers, glulams are less subject to change in size with changes in moisture content due to the drier lumber used in their manufacturing.
FALSE
54. Mass plywood panels are laminated with wood veneers instead of dimension lumber like CLTs.
TRUE
55. Nail-laminated timber (NLT) is also called mechanically laminated timber.
TRUE
56. Dowel-laminated timber (DLT) are fastened with hardwood dowels seasoned to a higher moisture content than the laminating lumber.
FALSE
57. The moisture content in the hardwood dowels used to fasten DLTs cause them to swell and form a tight fit.
TRUE
58. Laminated strand lumber and oriented strand lumber are made from shredded wood strands, coated with adhesive, pressed into a rectangular cross section, and cured under heat and pressure.
TRUE
59. Laminated veneer lumber is made from shredded wood strands, coated with adhesive, pressed into a rectangular cross section, and cured under heat and pressure.
FALSE
60. Floors framed with I-joists are sometimes more prone to uncomfortable vibration when subjected to normal occupant loads.
TRUE
61. Finger-jointed wood is straighter, more stable, and more consistently free of defects than conventional sawn lumber.
TRUE
62. Wood-plastic composite (WPC) are made from blends of plastic and half its weight in sawdust to provide the pigment and strength.
FALSE
63. Composite wood trim is used widely for its minimal expansion and contraction related to the temperature compared to other wood products. FALSE
64. Structural-grade plastic lumber (SGPL) can be formulated to be stronger and stiffer than solid wood, as well as less prone to long-term creep under permanent loads.
FALSE
65. Panels are more nearly equal in strength in their two principle directions than solid wood. Shrinking, swelling, checking, and splitting are greatly reduced.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
66. Panel products make more efficient use of forest resources than solid wood products through less wasteful ways of reducing logs to building projects and thorough utilization of material that would otherwise be thrown away.
TRUE
67. Composite panels are made from various formulations of reconstituted wood fiber materials.
FALSE
68. Oriented Strand Board is made of long strands of wood, oriented in the same manner in each layer as the grains of veneer layers in plywood, compressed and glued into three to five layers.
TRUE
69. Particleboard is manufactured in different density ranges and is made up of smaller wood particles than OSB that are compressed and bonded into panels.
TRUE
70. Fiberboard is manufactured in different density ranges and is made up of smaller wood particles than OSB that are compressed and bonded into panels. It is mainly used as a base material for wood veneer and plastic laminate.
FALSE
71. Panels intended for subfloors and floor underlayment are lightly touch sanded to produce a flatter, smoother surface.
TRUE
72. Where an especially smooth and durable surface is required, plywood may be finished with a resin-treated overlay to make a medium-density overlay or high-density overlay panel.
TRUE
73. Overlay panels are often used for their increased strength and stiffness in scaffolding and support structures where the appearance of the panels is not important.
FALSE
74. The purpose of the span rating system used for wood panels is to permit the use of different types of panels while achieving the same structural objectives.
TRUE
75. When specifying panels by thickness, industry standards refer to measured thickness of each individual panel, called performance category.
FALSE
76. Structural wood panels fall under two bond classifications: Exterior or Exposure 1.
TRUE
77. Hardboard is a thin, light panel made of lightly compressed wood fibers. It is available in various thicknesses and surface finishes, and in some formulations is durable against weather exposure.
FALSE
78. Insulating fiberboard sheathing is a low-density panel, usually ½ or ¾ inch thick, made of wood or vegetable fibers and binders, and coated with asphalt for water resistance.
TRUE
79. Insulating fiberboard sheathings are panels made from finely processed recycled paper waste and are used for wall sheathing, acoustical isolation, carpet underlayment, and even structural roof decking.
FALSE
80. Agrifiber or biocomposite panels are made from agricultural waste products, such as the stalks or chaff of wheat, rice, hemp, sorghum, and other crop residues that are otherwise usually disposed of as solid waste or by open-air burning.
TRUE
81. Biodeterioration occurs after wood is harvested, losing its natural protections and becoming vulnerable to biological attack.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
82. The four necessary conditions for fungal growth are oxygen, a suitable temperature range, moisture, and direct sunlight.
FALSE
83. For fungi to flourish, the wood moisture content must be lower than its fiber-saturation point.
FALSE
84. The lack of available oxygen when wood is entirely submerged in water or buried in the earth below the water table accounts for the massive rate of decay in these environments.
FALSE
85. Wood submerged in brackish or salt waters is vulnerable to a variety of marine-boring organisms.
TRUE
86. Preservative-treated wood is impregnated with chemicals that are toxic to the biological organisms that attack the wood.
TRUE
87. Pressure impregnation causes the wood’s fibers to contract enough to prevent boring organisms like termites from boring through the wood.
FALSE
88. Incising the surface of wood improves the penetration of preservative materials into the wood member without affecting the member’s structural capacity.
FALSE
89. Preservative treatments are always applied before drying the wood, as the moisture content tends to significantly rise.
FALSE
90. Acetic anhydride makes wood more resistant to attack and decay by changing the cell walls of the wood to make it less absorptive of water.
TRUE
91. Glass infused wood is made by introducing liquid sodium silicate under pressure into the wood, encasing the wood fibers in amorphous glass.
TRUE
92. The heartwood of some species of wood is naturally resistant to decay and insects and can often be used where preservative-treated wood would otherwise be required.
TRUE
93. Fire-retardant treatments (FRTs) are accomplished by introducing liquid sodium silicate under pressure into the wood, encasing the wood fibers in amorphous glass.
FALSE
94. Nails are the favored means of fastening wood because they are inexpensive, require no predrilling of holes under most conditions, and can be installed rapidly.
TRUE
95. Nails for use in structural connections are specified by the conventional name and penny size rather than actual length and shaft diameter to avoid confusion.
FALSE
96. The three methods of fastening nails are called face nailing, end nailing, and toe nailing.
TRUE
97. Corrosion-resistant nails are sometimes required when fastening wood members that have been chemically treated for resistance to decay or fire.
TRUE
98. Modified-head fasteners fire from nail guns less reliably and with more frequent gun jams or bent fasteners than common nails.
FALSE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
99. In comparison to nails, screws are less expensive and quicker to install.
FALSE
100. Traditional wood screws require predrilled pilot holes into which the screw is inserted and then tightened with a screwdriver.
TRUE
101. Self-drilling wood screws can be quickly installed with power drivers, but still require pilot holes.
FALSE
102. Bolts are used mainly for structural connections in heavy timber framing and in wood light framing for fastening ledgers, beams, or other heavy applications.
TRUE
103. Washers are used to distribute the clamping force from a bolt across a greater area of wood and reduce crushing of the wood fibers.
TRUE
104. A split-ring connecter is clamped around the outside of two or more pieces of wood held together with a central bolt.
FALSE
105. Timber rivet connections are inserted in matching circular grooves to mate pieces of wood clamped together with a central bolt.
FALSE
106. Joist hangers are used to make strong connections in floor framing wherever wood floor and roof framing members bear on one another at right angles.
TRUE
107. Structural wood adhesives form bonds that are at least as strong, stiff, and durable as the members they connect.
TRUE
108. Wood adhesives are used more often on construction sites due to their inexpensiveness.
FALSE
109. Prefabricated wood components eliminate weather-related delays and produce components that are structurally efficient, precise in dimension, and consistent in quality.
TRUE
110. Truss manufacturers use a preengineered design for specified trusses or custom engineers a truss design and develops the necessary cutting patterns for its constituent parts.
TRUE
111. Framed panels are simple sections of conventional dimension lumber framing, sheathed with plywood or OSB, trucked to the construction site, and assembled into a complete building frame.
TRUE
112. Structural insulated panels (SIPS) are a popular choice for the construction of highly energy-efficient homes and small buildings.
TRUE
113. A manufactured home is a highly energy-efficient building constructed of structural insulated panels that are treated to be weather resistant.
FALSE
Medium-density fiberboard (MDF)
: A fine-grained wood fiber and resin panel product.
Touch sanded
: In plywood, lightly sanded to produce a smoother, flatter surface.
Medium-density overlay (MDO)
: A medium-weight, resin-treated overlay applied to plywood panels to achieve a smoother, more durable face.
High-density overlay (HDO)
: A resintreated overlay applied to plywood panels to achieve a smoother, more durable face. High-lift grouting A method of constructing a reinforced masonry wall in which the reinforcing bars are embedded in grout in story-high increments.
Span rating
: The number stamped on a sheet of plywood or other wood building panel to indicate how far in inches it may span between supports.
Performance category
: A system for specifying the nominal thickness of a structural wood panel. Actual panel thickness may deviate from the performance category within accepted tolerances.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Hardboard
: A very dense panel product, usually with at least one smooth face, made of highly compressed wood fibers.
Preservative-treated wood
: Wood that has been impregnated with preservative chemicals to increase its resistance to decay and biological attack; also commonly called pressure-treated wood.
Pressure-treated wood
: Wood that has been impregnated with chemicals under pressure for the purpose of retarding decay or reducing combustibility.
Chromated copper arsenate (CCA)
: A chemical used to protect wood against attack by decay and insects. Due to toxicity concerns, this chemical has been phased out of most treated wood used in residential and commercial building construction.
Alkaline copper quat (ACQ)
: A chemical used to preserve wood against attack by decay and insects.
Copper boron azole (CBA and CA)
: A chemical used to preserve wood against attack by decay and insects.
Sodium borate (SBX): A chemical used to preserve wood against attack by decay and insects.
Incising
: Short, repetitive cuts made in the surface of a wood member to increase its absorption of treatment chemicals.
Nail
: A sharp-pointed metal pin used for fastening wood.
Common nail
: A standard-sized nail used for the fastening of rough framing members in wood light frame construction.
Box nail
: A nail with a slenderer shank than a common nail; used for fastening framing members in wood light frame construction.
Finish nail
: A relatively thin nail with a very small head; used for fastening trim and other finish woodwork items.
Brad
: A small finish nail.
Brake: A machine used to form lengths of sheet metal into bent shapes.
Penny (d)
: A designation of nail size, abbreviated as “d.”
Lag screw
: A large-diameter wood screw with a square or hexagonal head. Self-drilling wood screw
Bolt
: A fastener, usually metallic, consisting of a cylindrical body with a head at one end and a helical thread at the other, intended to be inserted through holes in adjoining pieces of material and closed with a threaded nut.
Nut
: A fastener, usually metallic, with internal helical threads, used to close a bolt.
Washer
: A steel disk with a hole in the middle, used to spread the load from a bolt, screw, or nail across a wider area of material.
Toothed plate
: A multipronged fastener made from stamped sheet metal, used to join members of a lightwood wood truss.
Joist hanger
: A sheet metal device used to create a structural connection where a joist is framed into a header or a ledger.
Formaldehyde
: An organic compound known to cause a range of adverse human health effects, traditionally used in the manufacture of wood product adhesives and binders. See also Phenolformaldehyde and Urea-
formaldehyde.
Phenol-formaldehyde (PF)
: A structural wood adhesive and binder, suitable for exterior exposure, and associated with relatively low formaldehyde gas emissions.
Urea-formaldehyde (UF)
: A structural wood adhesive, not suitable for exterior exposure, and associated with relatively high formaldehyde gas emissions.
Truss
: A triangulated arrangement of structural members that reduces monaxial external forces to a set of axial forces in its members. See also Vierendeel truss.
Structural insulated panel (SIP)
: A panel consisting of two face sheets of wood panel bonded together by plastic foam core.
Sandwich panel
: A panel consisting of two outer faces of wood, metal, gypsum, or concrete bonded to a core of insulating foam.
Stressed-skin panel (SSP)
: A panel consisting of two face sheets of wood, metal, or concrete bonded to perpendicular spacer ribs or framing members such that the panel can act as a composite structural panel.
Panelized construction
: A method of prefabricated wood light frame construction, in which whole sections of walls or floors are framed and sheathed in the factory and then transported to the construction site for erection.
Manufactured home
: A transportable house that is entirely factory built on a steel underframe supported by wheels; euphemistically referred to as a mobile home.
Modular home
: A house assembled on the site from boxlike factory-built sections.
Guided Reading Questions
Trees
Tree Growth
Bark:
Outermost protective layer (A: dead, B: living)
Cambium layer (C):
Source of new wood cells
Sapwood (D):
Living cells that store and transport nutrients
Heartwood (E):
Dead cells that contribute to structural strength
Pith (F):
Innermost, first year’s growth
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Annual growth rings:
Result from differences in rate of tree growth and density of cells, from spring to summer
Softwoods
From cone-bearing (coniferous) trees
Relatively simple cell structure
Generally, plain figure
(pattern of grain and surface features)
Mostly originating from North American forests
Fast-growing, plentiful, relatively inexpensive
Generally soft, easily worked
Uses:
o
structural wood products
o
finish trim, shingles and siding
o
flooring
But not all softwoods are soft. For example, Douglas Fir is harder than some hardwoods.
Hardwoods
From broadleafed (deciduous) trees
More complex cell structure
Often more interesting figure
Harvested from around the world
Slower growing, generally more expensive than softwoods
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Denser, with greater variety of colors and figure
o
fine trim, paneling
o
flooring
o
fine cabinet work, furniture
Certified Wood
Sustainable forestry management
o
Protect forest ecosystem
o
Maintain long term forest economic viability
o
Some programs also address social responsibilities, for example, the land rights of indigenous peoples.
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC): Only certifying organization currently recognized for LEED certification
Lumber
Sawing
Plainsawn
: growth rings roughly parallel to wider face of board
Quartersawn
: growth rings close to perpendicular to wider face of board
Plainsawn lumber
Broader grain pattern on wide face
Greater distortion during drying
More uneven surface erosion or wear
More efficiently sawn from log; less costly
Also called flatsawn, flat grain
Quartersawn lumber
More narrowly spaced grain pattern on wide face
Less distortion during drying
More even surface erosion or wear
More costly to saw from log
Riftsawn
: angle of grain falls between perfectly quarter sawn and plainsawn
Also called edge sawn, edge grain, vertical grain
Seasoning
After lumber is sawn, it is seasoned
(dried), either in air or in kilns.
Seasoned lumber is lighter, stronger, and stiffer than green
(unseasoned) lumber.
Decay causing fungi cannot survive in wood with a moisture
content
(MC) below 20%.
As wood dries below approximately 30 percent MC, it shrinks, mostly in cross section, and only slightly in length.
Difference between rates of tangential and radial shrinkage cause distortions in shape, especially in flatsawn lumber.
Wood eventually dries to equilibrium with the surrounding air, reaching its equilibrium moisture content
(EMC).
o
EMC for exterior uses: 15% - 19%
o
EMC for interior uses: 5% - 11%
Surfacing
Lumber is surfaced
to make it smooth and more dimensionally precise.
Framing lumber: usually surfaced four sides (
S4S
)
Finish lumber: may be S4S, or surfaced two sides (
S2S
), the other sides to be sawn and surfaced by the woodworker
Surfacing after seasoning (
S-DRY
): removes some drying distortions
Surfacing before seasoning (
S-GRN
): sometimes more economical; best for wood species that don't distort excessively as they dry
Construction planking: unsurfaced
, resulting in a plank that is stronger (no material has been removed) and more slip-resistant
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Structural Grading
Framing lumber pieces are graded and stamped for structural strength and stiffness.
Higher structural grades have fewer defects, and when left exposed, are generally also more attractive.
Grading is most commonly performed visually, by trained inspectors, or it may be done by machine. Appearance Grading
Finish lumber is graded for the extent of defects, such as knots, and other appearance characteristics.
Appearance grading is always performed visually. Structural Properties of Wood
Wood has both useful tensile and compressive strength.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Strength varies significantly with direction of grain, species, and presence of knots or other defects.
Defect-free wood is close to the strength of steel on a per-weight basis, but typical grades are weaker.
Strength also varies with duration of load, moisture content, chemical treatments, temperature, size and shape of piece.
Lumber Dimensions
Actual sizes are less than nominal size
. E.g.:
o
1x4 actual size is approximately ¾" x 3½"
o
2x4 is 1½" x 3½"
o
2x10 is 1½" x 9¼"
In U.S., lumber is priced by the board foot
, based on nominal, not actual dimensions:
o
12 sq. in. nominal cross-section, 1 foot long = 1 board foot
o
E.g., an 8-foot 2x12 = (2x12)/12 x 8 = 16 board feet
Wood Products
Manufactured Wood Products
Solid wood and wood fiber materials can be used in the manufacture of various wood products.
More sizes and shapes
Fewer defects
More consistent quality
More efficient use of wood materials
In some cases, stronger and stiffer than solid wood members
Glue-Laminated Wood
Beams made from glued, solid lumber pieces
Readily available in larger sizes, stronger and stiffer, than solid wood
Can be curved
Uses high-grade pieces efficiently, only in the parts of the beam with high stress levels, while using lower grade materials in other areas
Structural Composite Lumber
In order of increasing strength:
Laminated strand lumber
(
LSL
) and oriented strand lumber
(
OSL
): glued shredded wood strips
Laminated veneer lumber
(
LVL
): glued, full-depth veneers
Parallel strand lumber
(
PSL
): glued veneer strips
Used as beams, headers (short beams over openings), studs, nonstructural rim boards, etc.
Wood-Plastic Composites (WPCs)
Made from mixtures of wood fibers and plastics
May be prefinished
Used for exterior decking, wood trim, etc.
Less stiff and greater thermal expansion and contraction than solid lumber
Also plastic lumber:
greater than 50% plastic; has both finish and structural applications
Structural Wood Panels
Plywood
: laminated veneers
Composite panels
: face veneers bonded to solid core
Oriented strand board
(
OSB
), shown at right: glued, shredded strands, like LSL
Particleboard
: glued particles, smaller than OSB strands
Fiberboard
: glued, very fine-grained wood particles
Standard panel sizes: 4' x 8', 5/16" to 1 1/8" thick
Used as sheathing
on framed walls and roofs, and subflooring
over floor framing
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Span Rating:
Example, 32/16, may be used as roof sheathing over rafters spaced at 32" or as subflooring over joists spaced at 16"
Exposure Durability Classification
o
Exterior: exterior glue, best veneers; for permanent exterior siding
o
Exposure 1: exterior glue, medium quality veneers; for interior use, with prolonged exposure during construction; MOST COMMON
o
Exposure 2: for interior use, minimum wetting during construction
Plywood Veneer Grades
A-D: Lower grades are less smooth and have more defects, such as knot holes. Examples:
o
CDX: C and D faces, with exterior glue; for exterior sheathing
o
C-plugged-D flooring underlayment:
C-plugged face provides an especially smooth surface beneath carpet or resilient flooring materials
o
Example structural panel grade stamps:
Panel products are also used in a variety of nonstructural applications such as finish paneling and cabinet work
Wood Chemical Treatments
Fire-retardant treated wood: Chemical salts pressure-impregnated into wood to reduce its combustibility
o
Limited application, used where building code restricts the use of combustible materials
Preservative-treated wood: Protect wood from decay and insect attack
o
Wood exposed to the weather, in contact with the ground, or in areas of high termite risk
Wood Preservative Treatments
Pressure-impregnated waterborne salts are most common:
CCA: Contains arsenic; common in the past, but use has become restricted
ACQ, CBA, CA: High concentrations of copper; most common, require corrosion resistant fasteners and hardware
SBX and other borate compounds: noncorrosive, nontoxic; primarily for insect resistance; not for exterior exposure or ground contact
Wood Fasteners
Nails
Inexpensive, fast and easy to install
Sized in pennies (d), e.g.:
o
16d: 3½"; 8d: 2½"; 2d: 1"
Materials:
o
bright
(plain steel)
o
galvanized (zinc-coated for corrosion resistance)
o
stainless steel
o
aluminum, copper, etc.
Many shapes for different uses
May be driven by hand or nail gun
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Screws & Bolts
Greater holding power than nails
More expensive and time-consuming to install
Bolts require pre-drilled holes.
Some screws require pilot holes, some are self-drilling.
Great variety of shapes, sizes, head styles, driver shapes
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Manufactured Wood Products
Trusses
Light wood members (2x4, 2x6) joined with toothed plates
Long-span capability
Rapidly erected on site using light-duty cranes
Congested attic space
I-Joists
Can span further than solid lumber, using less raw material
Top and bottom flanges of solid lumber, or composite material (LVL shown here)
Webs of OSB or plywood
Panel Components
Can act structurally, or be attached to a structural frame
Factory-Built Housing
Manufactured homes
(mobile homes): Built on towable chassis, to U.S. HUD standards
Modular Construction
: Constructed to local building code requirements, but factory-built and trucked to construction site
Additional Resources
Plain Sawn vs Quarter Sawn
Types of Wood
Chapter 4 - Heavy Timber Frame Construction
Thought Points
Focus on details of Mill construction and its fire resistance.
Key Terms
Wattle and daub: Mud plaster (daub) applied to a primitive lath of woven twigs or reeds (wattle).
Cruck: A framing member cut from a bent tree so as to form one-half of a rigid frame.
Heavy Timber Construction: A type of wood construction made from large wood members and solid timber decking in a post-and-beam configuration; in the International Building Code, buildings of Type IV HT construction, consisting of heavy timber interior construction and noncombustible exterior walls, which are considered to have moderate fire-resistive properties.
Mill construction: The traditional name for a construction type consisting of exterior masonry bearing walls and an interior framework of heavy timbers and solid timber decking; also called slow-burn construction.
Chamfer: A flattening of a longitudinal edge of a solid member on a plane that lies at an angle of 45 degrees to the adjoining planes.
Firecut: A sloping end cut on a wood beam or joist where it enters a masonry wall.
Tongue and groove: An interlocking edge detail for joining planks or panels.
Glue-laminated wood: A wood member made up of a large number of small strips of wood glued together.
Bent: A plane of framing consisting of beams and columns joined together, often with rigid joints.
Purlin: A beam that spans across the slope of a steep roof to support the roof decking.
Shear connection: A connection designed to resist only the tendency of one member to slide past the other, and not, as in a moment connection, to resist any tendency of the members to rotate with respect to one another; in steel frame construction, a simple connection.
Rigid frame: Two columns and a beam or beams attached to one another with moment connections; a moment-resisting frame. Tie rod: A steel rod that acts in tension.
Arch: A structural device that supports a vertical load by translating it into axial inclined forces at its supports.
Performance-based building code: A set of legal regulations that mandate performance outcomes rather than specific construction details and practices.
Prescriptive building code: A set of legal regulations that mandate specific construction details and practices rather than establish performance standards.
Guided Reading Questions
Answer
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
1. Today, heavy timber frame construction may include glulams, structural composite lumber, and other manufactured wood products in addition to solid sawn wood members and a greater diversity of connector types.
TRUE
2. In the heavy timber construction type, wooden structural members must meet length requirements and exterior walls must be coated in plastic or other environmental protective sealants.
FALSE
3. The International Building Code limits the heavy timber construction type to six stories or less.
TRUE
4. Heavy timber framing may not be used in other building code construction types where smaller wood members are permitted.
FALSE
5. Traditional heavy timber frame structures rely on the natural resistance of large wood members for protection from fire, because compared to smaller pieces of wood, larger members are slow to catch fire and burn.
TRUE
6. When larger members do burn, the burnt layer, or char, that forms on their exposed faces provide more access for another fire to take hold and burn the inner portions.
FALSE
7. A heavy timber beam, though deeply charred by gradual burning, will maintain sufficient capacity to carry loads long after an unprotected steel beam exposed to the same conditions has lost strength and failed.
TRUE
8. Encapsulation of mass timber most frequently takes the form of one or more layers of gypsum board applied directly to the faces of the members.
TRUE
9. Beam ends at exterior masonry walls of mill construction are firecut so they will readily fall from the masonry wall pocket in a floor framing collapse caused by fire without destabilizing the wall itself.
TRUE
10. Wood is roughly three times weaker in compression parallel to grain than perpendicular to grain.
FALSE
11. Where beams and columns are stacked, the beam shrinkage at each floor level accumulates, and at upper floor and roof levels the dimensional movements become unacceptably large.
TRUE
12. Heavy timber connections that depend on mechanical fasteners for the transfer of loads between members are more efficient and economical than those that rely on direct bearing.
FALSE
13. Building codes require that type IV Heavy Timber buildings have floors and roofs of solid wood construction without concealed combustible cavities.
TRUE
14. A heavy timber frame building with exterior masonry or concrete bearing walls may not be braced on the lateral resistance of the exterior walls against wind and seismic forces.
FALSE
15. Heavy timber buildings are especially convenient for the designer because they readily provide the cavities that are used to conceal building services.
FALSE
16. Where concealed combustible spaces are created in Type IV Heavy Timber buildings, fireblocking materials must be installed within the concealed spaces.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
17. Cross-laminated timbers are fabricated to the required size and shape as well as cutouts for conduit, piping, and other building services and other modifications are completed before panels are shipped to the construction site.
TRUE
18. Exterior cladding, thermal insulation, and air and water-resistive barrier membranes are applied to the outside of exterior cross-laminated timber panels to keep the panels within the heated and dry interior environment.
TRUE
19. The interior panels of a completed cross-laminated timber structure may be left exposed or covered with gypsum.
TRUE
20. Even where mass timber or heavy timber frame members must meet fire resistance rating requirements, the connections supporting these elements are not required to meet the same ratings.
FALSE
21. When relying on cross-laminated timber for lateral force resistance (and especially, for resistance to seismic forces), either panel strength must be overdesigned to compensate for brittle behavior or ductility must be introduced through the connections between panels.
TRUE
22. At this time, CLT shear walls are considered feasible for lateral force resisting systems in mass timber structures as high as approximately 3 to 5 stories.
FALSE
23. Two options for protecting wood from deteriorating or changing volume by absorbing unwanted water during construction include scheduling construction to occur during dry seasons of the year, and temporarily tenting the building structure.
TRUE
24. Heavy timber beams and cross-laminated timber panels are rarely used in combination with cast-in-place concrete due to the different rates expansion of the materials causing uneven stress.
FALSE
25. Concrete is cast on top of wood panels or over wood beams, fully covering the connectors, so that these components share stresses and deflect together as one element.
TRUE
26. Very large wood beams are usually built up of wood laminations or strands because they’re stronger and more dimensionally stable than sawn wood beams.
TRUE
Guided Reading Questions
Heavy Timber Frame Construction
History
Simple timber-framed structures appear with the oldest know civilizations
.
The traditional braced frame structure first appears in the middle ages.
Timber Construction History
Till the Late 1800s most
o
Construction was Timber (and/or masonry) with
o
Wood to Wood Connections
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
WHY?
Timber (Trees) Plentiful
Craftsman Available
Nails & Fasteners Rare & Expensive
Few Alternatives
Contemporary
Contemporary timber frame construction may be used for both residential and nonresidential structures.
Timber Construction Today
Why so Little Timber Construction Today?
Alternate Structural Systems Available
For Both Residential & Commercial
Commercial Alternatives
Concrete & Steel (late 1800s)
Advantages over Timber
Greater spans
Lighter structures
Increased fire resistance
Increased versatility
More economical
Residential Alternatives
Light Wood Framing (mid 1800s)
Fasteners available at reasonable price
Advantages
Lighter structure
Used less material
Quicker to erect
More economical
Timber Construction
Where/when is timber construction typically used today?
Aesthetics, appearance, feel important
o
Uniqueness of Timber Construction
o
Common Uses
High end residential
Restaurants, lodges, etc.
Public areas requiring aesthetics
Fire-Resistive Heavy Timber Construction
Resistance to Fire of Large Timbers
Large wood members have greater resistance to fire than unprotected steel.
Steel, due to its high thermal conductivity, quickly heats up and loses strength during fires.
Large timbers are slow to absorb heat, slow to catch fire, and slow to burn.
The charred outer layer of a partially-burned timber insulates and protects the inner undamaged portion of the timber which retains the capacity to carry some load.
Heavy Timber Construction
Fire-resistive, traditional Mill Construction
consists of heavy timber framing within brick masonry exterior walls.
In the contemporary building code, Type IV Heavy Timber construction
requires heavy timber framing within noncombustible—masonry, steel, or concrete—exterior walls.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Timbers must meet minimum size requirements to qualify as Type IV-HT construction in the building code.
Members with lesser dimensions are classified as wood light frame (Type V) construction. Wood Shrinkage
Wood column/beam connections are designed to minimize the effects of cross-grain shrinkage that can lead to differential settling between interior framing and exterior walls made of materials that are not prone to shrinkage.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Traditional cast iron pintle column base.
Contemporary beam/column connection with bearing blocks, split rings
, steel straps.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Beam Anchorage
Fire cut
beam ends: Collapse of beam must not topple supporting wall.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
A ventilating air space around the beam end prevents moisture in the masonry wall from seeping into the beam.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Upper clip restrains beam from side-to-side movement while allowing rotation due to structural deflection or beam collapse in a fire. Floor and Roof Decks
Decking comes in depths of 2" to 8", capable of spanning roughly from 5' to more than 20'.
To achieve the required fire-resistance, floor decking must be covered with tongue-and-groove boards or plywood.
Fire-resistive heavy timber floors and roofs must be constructed without concealed cavities where fire could develop undetected.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Bracing Heavy Timber Structures
HT structures may be braced against lateral forces with diagonal framing members, shear walls of masonry or concrete, or rigid panels attached to the building frame.
To meet contemporary standards, historical structures may require insertion of new steel or reinforced concrete bracing elements.
Floor and roof diaphragms must also be securely tied to the supporting structure.
Additional Considerations
Lack of concealed cavities for:
o
MPE rough-in
o
Building Insulation
Span length limitations typically limited to 20’
Alternatives
Large Beams – often laminated
Heavy timber trusses
Connections
Connection & Support Details
Detailed
to minimize the effect of differential shrinkage
Perimeter Support
o
Protect from decay
o
Securely anchored
Proprietary fastening system with self-drilling steel dowels and concealed steel plates
Fabricated steel seat, concealed plates, and exposed through-bolts
Steel plate gusset with tie rod and through-bolts
Copper sheet metal flashing to protect against moisture absorption at vulnerable ends of large timbers exposed to the weather.
Longer Spans in Heavy Timber
Large Beams
Glulam beams can span over 80', and arches even further.
Trusses
Heavy timber trusses can span beyond 200'.
Domes
The Washington State Tacoma Dome spans 530'.
Uniqueness of Heavy Timber Framing
Positive reaction
o
Color, grain, & warmer feel of wood
Exposed ceiling beams are become a desired amenity
Economic reality
o
Forest have diminished in quality
o
Higher shipping costs
Additional Resources
Raising a timber frame
Post and beam or heavy timber frame systems
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Timber Frame Trusses - The 5 Basic Truss Types
Chapter 5 - Wood Light Frame Construction
Thought Points
Focus on details of light frame construction and construction process..
Key Terms
Balloon frame: A wooden building frame composed of closely spaced members nominally 2 inches (50 mm) thick, in which the wall members are single pieces that run from the top of the foundation to the underside of the roof framing.
Stud: One of an array of small, closely spaced, parallel wall framing members; a heavy steel pin.
Rafter: A framing member that runs up and down the slope of a steep roof.
Fireblocking: Wood or other material used to partition concealed spaces within combustible framing; intended to restrict the spread of fire within such spaces.
Platform frame: A wooden building frame composed of closely spaced members nominally 2 inches (51 mm) thick in which the wall members do not run past the floor framing members.
Sheathing: The rough covering applied to the outside of the roof, wall, or floor framing of a structure.
Band joist: A wooden joist running perpendicular to the primary direction of the joists in a floor and closing off the floor platform at the outside face of the building. Also called a rim joist.
Subfloor: The loadbearing beneath a finish floor.
Sole plate: The horizontal piece of dimension lumber at the bottom of the studs in a wall in a light frame building; also called a bottom plate.
Top plate: The horizontal member at the top of the studs in a wall in a light frame building.
Ridge board: A nonstructural framing member against which the upper ends of rafters are fastened.
Sill: The horizontal bottom portion of a window or door; the exterior surface, usually sloped to shed water, below the bottom of a window or door.
Trimmer stud: A shortened stud that carries a header above a wall opening; also called a trimmer stud.
Jack stud: A shortened stud that carries a header above a wall opening; also called a trimmer stud.
Batter board: Boards mounted on stakes outside the excavation area of a building, used to preserve locations for string lines marking the corners of the building foundation.
Framing plan: A diagram showing the arrangement and sizes of the structural members in a floor or roof.
Rough carpentry: Framing carpentry, as distinguished from finish carpentry.
Sill seal: A compressible material placed between a foundation and a wood sill plate to reduce air infiltration between the outdoors and indoors.
Termite shield: A metal flashing placed on top of a concrete foundation to prevent termites from traveling undetected from the ground into the superstructure.
Bridging: Bracing or blocking installed between steel or wood joists at intermediate points to stabilize the joists against buckling and, in some cases, to permit adjacent joists to share loads.
King stud: A full-length stud nailed alongside a jack stud.
Cripple stud: A wood wall framing member that is shorter than full-length studs because it is interrupted by a header or sill.
Lateral force: A force acting generally in a horizontal direction, such as wind, earthquake, or soil pressure against a foundation wall.
Wracking: Forcing out of plumb.
Shear wall: A stiff wall that imparts lateral force resistance to a building frame.
Braced frame: A structural building frame strengthened against lateral forces with diagonal members.
Collector: A framing component that transfers lateral forces into parts of the structure designed to resist those forces.
Drag strut: A framing member or component acting as a collector to transfer lateral forces within the building frame; also called a drag tie.
Squash block: Short lengths of framing lumber, inserted under points of concentrated load to prevent overloading of I-joist framing members.
Joist: One of a parallel array of light, closely spaced beams used to support a floor deck (floor joist) or low-slope roof (ceiling joist).
Ridge beam: A structural beam supporting the upper ends of rafters in a sloped roof, required where the rafters are not tied at their lower ends.
Pitch: The slope of a roof or other plane, often expressed as inches of rise per foot of run; a dark, viscous hydrocarbon distilled from coal tar; a viscous resin found in wood.
Rise: A difference in elevation, such as the rise of a stair from one floor to the next or the rise per foot of run in a sloping roof.
Run: Horizontal dimension in a stair or sloping roof.
Framing square: An L-shaped measuring tool used by carpenters to lay out right angle cuts as well as more complicated cuts, such as those required for stairs and sloping roof rafters.
Valley: A trough formed by the intersection of two roof slopes.
Hip rafter: A roof rafter at the intersection of two sloping roof planes. See also Common rafter.
Valley rafter: A diagonal rafter that supports a valley.
Pattern rafter: A wood rafter cut to size and shape and then used to trace cuts onto additional wood members so as to assure consistent dimensions among all rafters.
Dormer: A structure protruding through the plane of a sloping roof, usually containing a window and having its own smaller roof.
Common rafter: A roof rafter that runs parallel to the main slope of the roof. See also Hip rafter.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Guided Reading Questions
Answers
1. The balloon frame was the earliest wood framing system to be constructed exclusively of slender, closely spaced wooden members.
TRUE
2. Eliminating the need for heavy posts and beams also meant eliminating the difficult, expensive mortise-and-tenon joinery they required.
TRUE
3. Full-length studs of the balloon frame ran continuously for two story of wall, from foundation to roof, which improved fire safety by making the spread of fire across stories more difficult.
FALSE
4. Wood or brick fireblocking is used at each floor line of a multi-story building to stop fires from spreading rapidly to other floors, especially when full-length studs left tall, hollow spaces up the walls.
TRUE
5. The platform frame was developed in an attempt to overcome its downfalls, finally being replaced with the universal standard for wood light frame construction, the balloon frame.
FALSE
6. A major disadvantage to the platform frame is that each platform constitutes a thick layer of wood whose grain runs horizontally, leading to a relatively large amount of vertical shrinkage in the frame.
TRUE
7. Fireblocking is not naturally provided by the platform construction like it is for balloon construction, and must be included in construction.
FALSE
8. Wall studs and platforms take little time to install and fasten because the screws only need to be predrilled before placing.
FALSE
9. Each plane of structure in a platform frame is made by aligning pieces of framing lumber parallel to one another and then covering the plane with sheathing.
TRUE
10. Openings in floor and roof planes for stairs, chimneys, skylights, and dormers are framed with headers and trimmers to support the ends of the shortened framing members.
TRUE
11. Trimmer studs are used to connect several panels together on a long wall.
FALSE
12. Wall sheathing offers resistance to wind uplift forces acting on the roof by carrying the forces from the roof to the foundation.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
13. Slabs on grade should be protected from moisture in the ground below by a heavy plastic sheet vapor retarder.
TRUE
14. Energy conservation codes require foundations to be insulated to protect against water entry.
FALSE
15. Permanent wood foundations are installed in extremely hot regions where concrete and masonry construction methods are not practical.
FALSE
16. The architect or engineer determines an efficient layout and the appropriate sizes for joists and rafters, and communicates this information to the carpenters by means of framing plans.
TRUE
17. The architectural floor plans indicate the locations and dimensions of walls, partitions, and openings, and the exterior elevations show the outside faces of the building, with vertical dimensions or elevations indicated as required.
TRUE
18. The building of the platform frame structure is referred to as rough carpentry.
TRUE
19. Most of rough carpentry is accomplished with the use of ladders and scaffolding as well as temporary bracing to support the walls.
FALSE
20. Smaller details of a platform frame building, like the size and number of nails to be used for each connection, are not regulated by building codes in the same way details about the members are regulated.
FALSE
21. The foundation sill plate, or mudsill, is attached to the top of the foundation to serve as a base for the wood framing to follow.
TRUE
22. The foundation sill plate, or mudsill, is made of preservative-treated wood for resistance to radon.
FALSE
23. The foundation sill plate may need to be doubled or made from thicker stock for added stiffness and a stronger connection to the wood frame in areas where seismic or wind forces are high.
TRUE
24. A sill seal, or sill gasket, is inserted between the sill and the foundation to reduce air infiltration through this gap and restrict moisture wicking up from the foundation.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
25. Where the risk of termite infestation is high, metal termite shields may be inserted between the foundation wall and sill.
TRUE
26. Headers and trimmers are used to frame openings in floors for stairs or chimneys to support the floor loads.
TRUE
27. The benefits of manufactured I-joists compared to solid lumber for floor framing include lighter weight, greater span, greater stiffness and uniformity, and reduced drying shrinkage.
TRUE
28. Web blocking is a metal plate inserted on either side of a joist to block off the entry of insects.
FALSE
29. Solid wood joists provide a greater supporting surface for the subfloor above in comparison to I-joists and floor trusses.
FALSE
30. Subfloor panels are laid with their longer dimension perpendicular to the frame on which they are supported.
TRUE
31. A header, trimmers, and a rough sill supported on cripple studs make up the support around a window.
TRUE
32. At least five studs must be used to support the edges of exterior sheathing and interior wall board where walls intersect.
FALSE
33. Walls exceeding 10 feet in height must have solid blocking inserted at midheight to limit the volume of the wall cavities and reduce the each with which fire can spread within the wall.
TRUE
34. Wall sheathing, most frequently plywood or OSB, provides a nailing surface for exterior cladding materials and stiffens the wall against the lateral forces of wind and earthquake.
TRUE
35. Let-in diagonal bracing is used where walls are sheathed with nonstructural panels such as plywood or OSB.
FALSE
36. Hold-downs may be used at the foundation or higher up in the structure to prevent the upper stories or roof from separating from the portions of the structure below.
TRUE
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
37. Wracking occurs at the shear walls, where plywood or OSB sheathing panels are too tightly secured to the framing.
FALSE
38. Shear walls frequently require extra studs or thicker posts at their ends to prevent localized crushing or failure where forces tend to concentrate.
TRUE
39. Only exterior walls can act as shear walls.
FALSE
40. Openings in shear walls, such as for doors and windows, are reinforced with blocking and strapping to make up for the reduction in their lateral force resistance.
TRUE
41. Shear walls in the IBC refer to a more general-purpose, preengineered design, where the term braced walls are reserved for those designed by a professional engineer to withstand more serious lateral forces.
FALSE
42. Collectors are components that transfer lateral forces from larger areas, such as floors or roofs, to the parts of the structure that carry these forces to the building foundation, such as the shear walls.
TRUE
43. Shear forces, collectors, and other force-bearing supports ensure continuous load paths so that forces acting within the various parts of the structure will be carried reliably and securely to the building foundation and surrounding soil.
TRUE
44. Ridge boards run width-wise along the widest part of the building to fasten the gabled roof.
FALSE
45. In areas subject to hurricanes, special care must be taken to ensure that rafters are securely attached to their supporting walls with sheet metal rafter anchors to reduce the likelihood that the roof will be blown off in high winds.
TRUE
46. Advanced framing techniques, or optimum value engineering, provides structurally redundant wood members for greater reliability and decreasing the amount of insulation required.
FALSE
47. Wood light frame is a combustible construction system.
TRUE
48. Separations between dwelling units in two-family structures, construction close to property lines, and party walls separating townhouses are required to have fire resistance ratings ranging from ½ hour to 2 hours.
TRUE
Ridge board: A nonstructural framing member against which the upper ends of rafters are fastened.
Collar tie: A piece of wood nailed across two opposing rafters near the ridge to resist wind uplift.
Birdsmouth cut: An angled notch cut into a rafter to allow the rafter to seat securely on the top plate of a wall.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Fascia: The exposed vertical face of an eave
.
Rake: The sloping edge of a steep roof.
Plumb cut: A saw cut that produces a vertical (plumb) surface in a sloping rafter after the rafter is in its final position.
Level cut: A saw cut that produces a level surface in a sloping rafter when the rafter is in its final position.
Lookout: A short rafter, running perpendicular to the other rafters in the roof, which supports a rake overhang.
Fly rafter: A rafter in a rake overhang.
Advanced framing techniques: A wood light framing system that minimizes redundant framing members, reducing the amount of lumber required and increasing the thermal efficiency of the insulated frame.
Guided Reading Questions
Wood Light Frame Construction
Light Wood Framing
Advantages
Flexible
Easily constructed
Economical
Disadvantages
Burns rapidly,
Decays if exposed to moisture
Changes volume with moisture changes
Framing unattractive (must be covered)
Balloon Frame
North-American invention, 1833
Heavy Timber: Large timbers, complicated joinery, skilled craftsman
Light wood framing: smaller dimension wood members, simpler nailed connections, requiring less skilled builders
Necessary technologies:
o
water- or steam-powered saw mills
o
machine-made nails
o
railroad transportation
Balloon Frame:
Wall studs are continuous the full height of the frame.
“All” Light Wood Framing
Full Length Studs
Cost - Less than Timber
Disadvantages
Full length studs difficult to handle
Hang 2nd floor platform
No firestop
Platform Frame
Post-WWI variation on the balloon frame
Relies on shorter length framing members that are easier to produce, handle, and erect.
Platform frame:
Single-story height wall studs span only between floor platforms
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Platform Frame
Advantages
Short, easily handled lumber
Made entirely of 2” lumber
Automatic fire stop
Working platforms
Nail Connections
Disadvantage
Vertical shrinkage
Foundations for Light Frame Structures
Typical Basement Foundation
Excavation to at least below the frost line
Cast-in-place concrete strip footing
Cast-in-place concrete foundation wall, 8" to 12" thick, 8' to 10' tall
Typical Foundation
Anchor bolts
cast into top of foundation wall
Steel reinforcing top and bottom of foundation wall
Dampproofing or waterproofing on outside of foundation wall
Crushed stone and perforated perimeter drain piping
Backfill, after floor platform is erected to brace walls
Slab on grade may be delayed until after structure is closed in.
Foundation Insulation
Insulate the Crawl Space
o
Attach to Platform or on Ground
o
Vapor Barrier
Insulate the Exterior of the Wall
o
Insulation exposed to the elements
Insulate the Interior of the Wall
o
Space & condensation considerations
Insulation within the Wall (CMU)
Exterior rigid foam insulation; exposed insulation but be covered with a protective finish
Interior glass fiber batt insulation
Rim joist insulation
Cast-in-place concrete foundation wall with anchor bolts protruding
Expanded polystyrene rigid foam foundation insulation
Building the Frame
Erecting the Platform Frame
Considerations
Attachment to the Foundation
Floor Framing
Sheathing
Ground Floor Platform
Sill plates
are anchored to foundation.
Girders are placed.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Floor joists are laid.
Subflooring is applied.
Attachment to the Foundation
Sill Material
o
Decay Resistant
Termite Shield
Sill Attachment
o
Anchor Bolts
o
Expansion Bolts
o
Add’l for Wind / Quake
Set to Line & Elevation
Floor Framing Spacing & Splicing
Spacing
o
Factors Influencing Joist Spacing:
Floor Loading (Minimums in Code) & Span Length
Strength of Joist Material Used
Sheathing (strength & size)
o
Designation - Inches “o.c.” (on center)
Typical - 16” oc (Other Typ. Options - 12” or 24”)
Splicing a) In - Line (w/ metal strap or wood)
b) Lapped
Floor Framing Sheathing
Materials
o
Plywood or OSB
Installation
o
Perpendicular to the Floor Joist
o
Nails, Screws, Glue
o
Staggered End Joints
o
Ground Floor Walls
Sections of wall are assembled lying down on the floor platform, and then are tilted into place.
Temporary bracing holds walls in proper alignment.
Wall sheathing may be applied before the walls are stood up, or later, after the frame is fully erected.
Double Top Plate
Joist Support
Tie Framing Together
o
Bottom plates
are nailed to the floor platform.
Top plates
are doubled, to provide adequate strength to carry the joists or rafters that will be placed above. The upper top plate also overlaps and ties together adjacent sections of wall that were assembled and tilted
up separately.
Studs are continuous between top and bottom plates except at door and window openings.
Temporary bracing is used to hold the wall in place.
Adjustable, bowed "springboards" allow more precise alignment of the walls.
Window rough opening
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
The header is supported by two supporting "jack studs" at either end.
The rough sill and head are also doubled.
Note the OSB sheathing higher on the wall, and preservative-treated plywood below for greater protection from moisture damage due to differences in finish and grade conditions on the exterior side.
Headers
Sizing Factors: Load, Span, Material, Code
Materials: 2”, Laminated, Composite, Metal
Shear Walls
Steel strap seismic hold-downs cast into the concrete foundation will be nailed to the wall after the sheathing is applied.
This light wood framed shear wall
for a multi-story residential building in a region of high seismic risk requires special attention to panel strength, nailing patterns, and transfer of loads across panel joints to provide the necessary resistant to lateral (wind and seismic) forces.
Wall Sheathing
Materials:
Typically – OSB or Plywood
Insulating Sheathing - (no structural qualities)
Sheathing Purposes:
Joins & stabilizes the structure
Resists uplift
Resists wracking- Resists lateral forces
Provides surface for finish material
Second Floor Platform
Framing of the second floor platform and walls proceed much the same as for the ground floor.
At joist ends and intermediate bearing points, continuous rim joists
or intermittent solid blocking
close of joist spaces and brace the joists against tipping.
Because of their relatively thin webs, I-joists
may require web stiffeners
or squash blocks
made of short lengths of solid lumber where loads bear from above (A.
and B-2).
Each floor platform makes a convenient work surface for building the next set of walls.
Second floor framing including steel girder, LVL beam, and I-joists.
Attic Floor & Roof
Options
Build -in-place (Stick Frame)
Prefabricated Trusses
Combination
Pitch
Ratio of rise
to run
Roof Framing
Ceiling joists and roof rafters are erected on top of the second floor walls.
A knowledgeable framer can lay out all cuts on a sloped rafter with nothing more than a traditional framing square and pencil.
Collar ties
, close to the upper ends of the rafters, resist wind uplift forces.
Ceiling joists
, close to the lower ends of rafters, resist the rafter horizontal spreading forces that could cause the walls to spread outward.
Where ceiling joists tie the lower rafter ends, ridge boards
are nonstructural, and serve only to align the rafters and provide nailing for the roof sheathing.
When the lower ends of the rafters are not tied by ceiling joists, a structural ridge beam (steel in this example) is required to prevent the ridge from sagging and the rafters from pushing outward on the tops of the walls.
Roof Profiles
Flat Roof
Single Pitch
Gable Roof
Hip Roof
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Light Wood Framing & the Building Codes
Type 5 - Permitted in all Use Groups
Severe Area & Height Restrictions
However, zoning ordinances may not permit in densely populated areas. Methods to Increase Area / Height
Sprinklers
Fire Walls
MODULE 5
Table of contents
Weekly Reading
Chapter 11 - Steel Frame Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading
o
Steel Framing Characteristics
o
History
o
The Material Steel
o
Steel Connections
o
Details of Steel Framing
o
The Construction Process
o
Fireproofing of Steel Framing
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 12 - Light Gauge Steel Frame Construction
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading
o
The Concept of Light Guage Steel Construction
o
Framing Procedures
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 17 - Roofing
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading
o
Roofing
o
Low-Slope Roofs
o
Steep Roofs
o
Additional Resources
Weekly Reading
This week you will read chapters 11, 12 and 16.
Chapter 11 - Steel Frame Construction
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Steel Frame Construction
Thought Points
Focus on manufactured shapes of structural steel, methods of connecting and construction process for a steel frame.
Key Terms
Bessemer process: an early method of steel manufacturing in which air was blown into a vessel of molten iron to burn out impurities.
Steel: Iron with a controlled amount of carbon, generally less than 2 percent.
Cast iron: Iron with too high a carbon content to be classified as steel.
Wrought iron: A form of iron that is soft, tough, and fibrous in structure, containing about 0.1 percent carbon and 1-2 percent slag.
Ferrous metal: Any iron-based metal. Ferrous steel in common usage, steel unprotected from corrosion by either galvanizing or alloying.
Slag: The mineral waste that rises to the top of molten iron or steel or to the top of a weld.
Basic oxygen process: A steel-making process in which a stream of pure oxygen is introduced into a batch of molten iron so as to remove excess carbon and other impurities.
Bloom: A rectangular solid of steel formed from an ingot as an intermediate step in creating rolled steel structural shapes.
High-strength bolt: A bolt designed to connect steel members by clamping them together with sufficient force that the load is transferred between them by friction.
Weathering steel: A steel alloy that forms a self-protecting rust layer when exposed to the atmosphere.
Stainless steel: A silver-colored steel alloy with superior corrosion resistance due principally to high chromium and nickel content.
Quenching: The rapid cooling of metal so as to alter its physical properties; a form of heat treatment.
Tempering: Controlled heating and cooling of a material to alter its mechanical properties; a form of heat treatment.
Structural mill: The portion of a steel mill that rolls structural shapes.
Wide-flange shape: Any of a wide range of structural steel components rolled in the shape of the letter I or H.
I-beam: Obsolete term; an American Standard section of hot-rolled steel, an archaic structural steel shape. (This term should not be applied to modern wide flange steel sections.)
Angle: A structural section of steel, aluminum, or other material whose profile resembles the letter I.
Gusset plate: A flat steel plate used to connect the members of a truss; a stiffener plate.
Channel: A steel or aluminum section shaped like a rectangular box with one side missing.
Cold-formed steel: Steel formed at a temperature at which it is no longer plastic, as by rolling or forging at room temperature.
Hollow structural section (HSS): Hollow steel cylindrical or rectangular shapes used as structural members; also called structural tubing
Open-web steel joist: A lightweight, prefabricated, welded steel truss used at closely spaced intervals to support floor or roof decking.
Joist girder: A light steel truss used to support open-web steel joists.
Rivet: In structural steel construction, an archaic fastener, in which a second head is formed after the fastener is in place; a threadless fastener used in sheet metal work.
Carbon steel bolt: A relatively low-strength bolt most often used for fastening minor steel framing elements or temporary connections.
Faying surface: The contacting surfaces of steel members joined with a slip-critical connection.
Galling: Chafing or tearing of one material against another under extreme pressure.
Impact wrench: A device for tightening bolts and nuts by means of rapidly repeated torque impulses produced by electrical or pneumatic energy.
Turn-of-mut method: A method of achieving the correct tightness in a highstrength bolt by first tightening the nut snugly, then turning it a specified additional fraction of a turn.
Load indicator washer: A disk placed under the head or nut of a high-strength bolt to indicate sufficient tensioning of the bolt by means of the deformation of ridges on the surface of the disk; also called a direct tension indicator washer.
Tension control bolt: A bolt tightened by means of a splined end that breaks off when the bolt shank has reached the required tension.
Lockpin and collar fastener: A boltlike device that is passed through holes in structural steel components, held in very high tension, and closed with a steel ring that is squeezed onto its protruding shank.
Electrode: A consumable steel wire or rod used to maintain an arc and furnish additional weld metal in electric arc welding.
Backup bar: A small rectangular strip of steel applied beneath a joint to provide a solid base for beginning a weld between two steel structural members.
Runoff bar: One of a pair of small rectangular steel bars attached temporarily at the end of a prepared groove for the purpose of permitting the groove to be filled to its very end with weld metal.
Demand-critical weld: A structural steel connection weld, essential to the stability of the structure during a seismic event and subject to special quality control and inspection procedures during construction.
Shear connection: A connection designed to resist only the tendency of one member to slide past the other, and not, as in a moment connection, to resist any tendency of the members to rotate with respect to one another; in steel frame construction, a simple connection. Shear: A deformation in which planes of material slide with respect to one another.
Bending moment: The combination of tension and compression forces that cause a beam or other structural member to bend.
Framed connection: A shear connection between steel members made by means of steel angles or plates connecting to the web of the beam or girder.
Moment connection: A connection between two structural members that is resistant to rotation between the members and therefore capable of transmitting bending moments between the connected members, as differentiated from a shear connection, which allows (slight) rotation. See also Fully restrained moment connection, Partially restrained moment connection, and Simple connection.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Stiffener plate: A steel plate attached to a structural member to support it against heavy localized loading or stresses.
Braced frame: A structural building frame strengthened against lateral forces with diagonal members.
Bracing: Diagonal members, either temporary or permanent, installed to stabilize a structure against lateral loads.
Damping: The addition of energy-absorbing components into a structural building frame, to reduce lateral deflections and lessen the stresses imparted into the frame when subjected to high wind or seismic forces.
Shear wall: A stiff wall that imparts lateral force resistance to a building frame.
Moment-resisting frame: A structural building frame that is strengthened to resist lateral forces with moment connections between beams and columns.
Simple connection: A steel frame connection with no useable resistance to rotation.
Seated connection: A connection in which a steel beam rests on top of a steel angle or tee that is fastened to a column or girder.
Fabricator: The company that prepares structural steel members for erection; any entity that assembles building components prior to arrival of the components on the construction site.
Shop drawings: Detailed drawings prepared by a fabricator to guide the shop production of such building components as cut stonework, steel or precast concrete framing, curtain wall panels, and cabinetwork.
Camber: A slight, intentional curvature in a beam or slab.
Erector: The subcontractor who raises, connects, and plumbs up a building frame from fabricated steel or precast concrete components.
Ironworker: A skilled laborer who erects steel building frames or places reinforcing bars in concrete construction.
Tier: The portion of a multistory steel building frame supported by one set of fabricated column pieces, commonly two stories in height.
Baseplate: A steel plate inserted between a column and a foundation to spread the concentrated load of the column across a larger area of the foundation.
Leveling plate: A steel plate placed in grout on top of a concrete foundation to create a level bearing surface for the lower end of a steel column.
Grout: A high-slump mixture of Portland cement, aggregates, and water, which can be poured or pumped into cavities in concrete or masonry for the purpose of embedding reinforcing bars and/ or increasing the amount of loadbearing material in a wall; a specially formulated mortarlike material for filling under steel baseplates and around connections in precast concrete framing; a mortar used to fill joints between ceramic tiles or quarry tiles. Plumbing up: The process of making a steel building frame vertical and square.
Luffing-boom crane: A heavy-duty lifting device that uses a tower-mounted boom that may rotate in any vertical plane as well as in a horizontal plane.
Hammerhead boom crane: A heavy-duty lifting device that uses a tower-mounted horizontal boom that may rotate only in a horizontal plane.
Tagline: A rope attached to a building component to help guide it as it is lifted by a crane or derrick.
Drift pin: A tapered steel rod used to align bolt holes in steel connections during erection.
Metal decking: Corrugated metal sheets used as the structural base for floors (“sloor decking") and roofs (“roof decking") in steel frame construction. See also Cellular decking and Composite metal decking.
Form deck: Thin, corrugated steel sheets that serve as permanent formwork for a reinforced concrete deck.
Cellular decking: Panels made of steel sheets corrugated and welded together in such a way that hollow longitudinal cells are created within the panels.
Vented metal decking: Metal decking with slotted perforations designed to allow excess moisture in the concrete cast onto the deck to evaporate downward through the decking.
Composite metal decking: Corrugated steel decking manufactured in such a way that it bonds securely to the concrete fill to form a reinforced concrete deck.
Shear stud: A piece of steel welded to the top of a steel beam or girder so as to become embedded in the concrete fill over the beam and cause the beam and the concrete to act as a single structural unit.
Subpurlin: A very small roof framing member that spans between joists or purlins.
Girt: A horizontal beam that supports wall cladding between columns.
Architecturally exposed structural steel (AESS): Structural steel intended to be left exposed in the finished building and fabricated and installed to a higher quality standard.
Fireproofing: Material used around steel or concrete structural elements to insulate them against excessive temperatures in case of fire.
Spray-applied fire-resistive material (SFRM): Fibrous or cementitious insulation applied to steel or concrete with a sprayer to provide protection against the heat of fire.
Intumescent coating: A paint or mastic that expands to form a stable, insulating char when exposed to fire.
Castellated beam: A steel wide-flange section whose web has been cut along a zigzag path and reassembled by welding in such a way as to create a deeper section.
Plate girder: A large beam made up of steel plates, sometimes in combination with steel angles, that are welded, bolted, or riveted together. Chord: A top or bottom member of a truss.
Staggered truss system: A steel framing system in which story-high trusses, staggered one-half bay from one story to the next, support floor decks on both their top and bottom chords.
Space truss, space frame: A truss that spans with two-way action.
Arch: A structural device that supports a vertical load by translating it into axial inclined forces at its supports.
Anticlastic: Saddle-shaped or having curvature in two opposing directions.
Shotcrete: A low-slump concrete mixture that is deposited by being blown from a nozzle at high speed with a stream of compressed air; pneumatically placed Concrète.
Air-supported structure: A structure, usually long span, with a fabric roof supported by a higher air pressure inside the structure relative to outside the structure. Prestressed concrete: Concrete that has been pretensioned or posttensioned.
Prestressing: Applying an initial compressive stress to a concrete structural member, either by pretensioning or p
Guided Reading
Guided Reading Questions (True or False)
Answer
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
1. After the U.S. Civil War, excess steel-making capacity sets the stage for the first use of steel in U.S. buildings. True
2. Steel is one of three commonly used noncombustible structural materials
True
3. Steel is more than 2% carbon. False
4. Wide-Flange (W-Shape) is the most commonly used shape for beams and columns
True
5. Wide Flange Shapes: Shorter, more broad profiles are best for horizontally spanning elements, such as beams and girders. False
6. Deforming steel in its cold state causes misalignment of the steel crystals and decreases its strength. False
7. High-strength bolts are weaker than common bolts. False
8. Slip-critical connections are required where joints experience load reversals, in highly stressed joints, or where slippage would be detrimental (such as column splices in tall buildings). True
9. When flanges are also fully joined to column, both gravity loads and
bending forces are transferred through the connection. True
10. None of the beam-column connections are moment connections capable of resisting rotations between the members, making the frame stable. False
11. When connecting beam to column web, access is more constrained. True
12. Fabricator prepares steel members and delivers them to the construction site. True
13. Above roughly 500-600 degrees F, steel rapidly gains strength. False
14. To achieve an equal level of protection heavier members require more insulation than lighter ones, since heavier members heat up more quickly.
False
Steel Framing Characteristics
Steel Framing Characteristics
Advantages
Light in proportion to its strength
Strong & Stiff
Quick to erect
Precise & predictable material
Recyclable
Disadvantages
Tendency to corrode - depending on the environment
High Temperatures (fires) - Loss of strength/deformation
Disadvantages
History
Metals In Pre-Modern Building Construction
Greek and Roman bronze cramps
used to join blocks of stone
Renaissance wrought iron chains and rods used to counter thrusts in arches and vaults
Steel produced in quantities too small for use in building construction
Making steel was labor intensive
Limited uses, for weapons (e.g., Damascus steel swords), cutlery, other specialties
1750 +
Growth in use of cast iron for framing in industrial buildings and other structures
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Coalbrookdale Bridge, 1779 (
top right
)
First all-metal structure
Cast iron
cast iron and glass
cast iron
Right
: Crystal Palace, 1851 (
bottom right)
Eiffel Tower, 1889
1850 +
Starting in 1850's, steel becomes increasingly plentiful with the development of large scale steel making methods such as the Bessemer process.
After the U.S. Civil War, excess steel making capacity sets the stage for the first use of steel in buildings in this country.
Home Insurance Company Building, 1885, William Le Baron Jenny (
right
)
First tall building supported entirely by a fire-protected metal frame (cast iron and steel)
Modern
Steel is one of three commonly used noncombustible structural materials. (Concrete and masonry are the others.)
Suitable for construction of buildings of all sizes, from single family residences to the tallest skyscrapers
.
The Material Steel
Material- Steel
Greater proportions of carbon generally increase the hardness and brittleness of the resulting iron alloy.
Cast iron
Typically 2% – 4% carbon
Strong in compression, but less so in tension
Brittle (prone to sudden failure)
Wrought Iron
Little or no carbon
Strong in tension, but weaker in compression
Malleable (easily shaped) and relatively soft
Steel
Less than 2% carbon
Strong in both tension and compression
Ductile (not prone to sudden failure)
Mild steel (low carbon steel)
The commonly used alloy for structural steel members
Not more than 0.3% carbon
Small amounts of other alloys, such as nickel, chromium, molybdenum, manganese, vanadium, and silicon improve strength, toughness, and other qualities
Reasonably strong, highly ductile, and easily welded
Equally strong in tension and compression
Making Cast Iron
Iron ore, oxides of iron extracted from the ground, is combined with coke (carbon derived from coal) and limestone in a large blast furnace.
Hot air forced through the furnace burns the coke. Chemical reactions with the combustion products remove oxygen from the ore, leaving elemental iron, but with a relatively high carbon content.
The limestone combines with impurities and is drawn off as waste slag.
Steelmaking
In a traditional steel mill, iron ore is the raw ingredient. First, it is processed into molten iron in a blast furnace, followed by conversion to steel in a second operation.
Steelmaking: Basic Oxygen Process
Scrap metal and molten iron are charged into the furnace.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Pure oxygen is injected into the mixture, oxidizing the carbon and other impurities. Large amounts of heat are generated—no external fuel or energy source is required.
Impurities combine with the flux, and float on top of the molten metal.
The mixture is sampled, and ingredients and the process are adjusted as needed.
Molten steel and slag are separately poured off. Additional alloying elements may be added to the steel.
Steelmaking: Mini-Mill
In the North America today, most steel is made from recycled steel scrap in "mini-mills" using electric arc furnaces. Steel carp is converted directly to new steel, bypassing the need to make iron from ore.
Steelmaking: Electric Arc Furnace
Scrap metal is charged into the furnace.
Electrodes are lowered into the scrap. An electric current flows through the electrodes creating an arc that melts the metal. Large amounts of externally supplied energy are required.
Oxygen is injected to oxidize impurities and enhance heating. Flux is added to draw off impurities.
Once the charge is fully melted, additional scrap may be added.
The mixture is sampled, and ingredients and the process are adjusted as needed.
Molten steel and slag are separately poured off. Additional alloying elements may be added to the steel.
Electric Arc Furnace
Note the geared mechanism under the furnace for controlling furnace tipping.
The upper ends of two electrodes are just visible at the top of the furnace.
Next, the steel may move on to secondary steelmaking steps or proceed directly to casting.
Steel Making
Mini-mills
Less expensive to build than traditional mills
Produce higher-quality steel at less cost than traditional mills
Use less energy than traditional mills (In a traditional steel mill, the basic oxygen furnace does not require an external source of energy, but the blast furnace does.)
Recycled content : 90% +
In North America, virtually all hot-rolled structural steel shapes are manufactured from recycled steel in mini-mills.
Recycled content: 25% - 35%
Primary products are flat-rolled stock, including steel decking and other sheet products used in building construction
Traditional mills
Steelmaking: Casting
As the molten steel begins to solidify, it is cast into a variety of shapes, ranging from plain rectangles or rounds to more complex cross sections, such as beam blanks
, that approximate the shape of finished beam products.
In the continuous casting process, casting begins once the outer shell of the steel mass has solidified, while the inner portion is still molten.
Production of Structural Shapes
Structural shapes are produced in a rolling mill.
Prior to rolling, the beam blanks are reheated to the necessary temperature.
Blanks then pass through a series of rollers in which they are progressively deformed into the desired final shape.
Production of Structural Shapes: Hot-rolled semi-finished products
Production of Structural Shapes
Wide-Flange (W-Shape)
: The most commonly used shape for beams and columns; Not an "I-beam"!
Channels
, angles
, tees
: For trusses, lighter weight framing, and other miscellaneous uses
American Standard: Traditional I-beam with a shape that is less structurally efficient than a contemporary wide-flange of the same weight
Wide-Flange Shapes
Size Range
Depth; 4” to 40”
Weight; 9#/ft to 730#/ft
Tall &Narrow - Beams
Square - Columns & Piles
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Uses - Beams & Columns
Proportions - Shape
Wide-Flange Shapes
Example designation: W10 x 30
W: Wide-flange shape
10: Nominally 10 inches deep
30: 30 pounds per lineal foot
W10 x 9: 9.87" x 2.69"
W10 x 30: 10.47" x 5.81"
W10 x 33: 9.71" x 9.73"
W10 x 112: 11.36" x 10.42"
A W14 x 285 is 44" tall!
By varying roller sizes and spacings, a variety of shapes and weights can be produced, all nominally 10" in depth:
Generally, taller, more narrow profiles are best suited for use as horizontally spanning elements (beams, girders, etc.)
Profiles more square in proportion are better suited for use as vertical columns.
Size designations are nominal, but not necessarily an accurate indication of actual depth.
Steel Angles
USES
Short beams supporting light loads
EX - Lintels
Connectors
Veneer / Skin Support
Edge support (edge angle)
Diagonal bracing
Channels (C Shaped)
Uses
Truss members, bracing, lintels, etc.
Designations
C 9 X 13.4
C = Channel Designation
9 = Nominal Depth (inches)
13.4 = Weight / ft. (lbs.)
Hollow Structural Sections (HSS)
Hollow square, rectangular, round, and elliptical shapes
Made by cold- or hot-forming steel strip (sheet) and welding longitudinally
Example designation:
HSS 8 x 8 x ½
Hollow structural section
8" x 8" nominal size
½" wall thickness
HSS shapes are used for trusses, structurally efficient column sections, and where the simple outside profile is desirable.
Open Web Steel Joists
Mass produced steel trusses
Common Uses
Floor Support
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Roof Support
Load
Span capability of deck
Typically 2 to 10 feet
Joist Spacing Depends on;
Open-Web Steel Joists (OWSJ)
Lightweight trusses, manufactured in standard configurations
Made from both hot- and cold-formed components
Depths range from 8 in. to 6 ft
Traditionally spaced 2 to 10 ft on center; more recently, wider spacings are being used for greater economy
Steel Trusses
Heavier Members
Can Carry Larger Loads &
Span Greater Distances
Typically Specially Fabricated
Cold Formed Steel
Formed by rolling or bending sheet steel
Light Steel Framing; C-Shaped
Most Common; Frequently used for partition & exterior wall framing
Metal Decking
Corrugated steel decking, rolled from steel sheet
Steel studs and joists (Chapter 12)
High-strength wire for concrete prestressing strands (Chapter 13)
Deforming steel in its cold state causes realignment of the steel crystals and increases its strength.
Metal Decking
A sheet of steel that has been corrugated to increase its stiffness
Span capability primarily based on;
Thickness (gauge) of the sheet
Depth & spacing of the corrugations
Singular or Cellular
Cold Rolled
Sheets of Metal
Metal Decking - Uses
Permanent Formwork for Concrete
Floors
Roofs
Roof Deck
Steel Connections
Joining Steel Members: Riveting
White-hot fastener is inserted through holes in members to be fastened.
Fastener is hammered to produce a head on the plain end.
As the metal cools, it contracts, and strongly clamps the steel members.
Mostly found in historical structures. Not used in modern building construction.
Joining Steel Members: Bolting
Carbon steel bolts
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Relatively low strength
Limited use; for fastening light framing elements or temporary connections
Also called common
, or unfinished
bolts
Stronger than common bolts
Used for fastening primary structural members
High-strength bolts
Installation - Bolts
Drift pins
Temporary Bolts
Tighten Bolts
Joining Steel Members: Bolting
Bearing-type connection
o
Body of bolt resists movement between connected members by bearing directly against sides of bolt holes.
o
Bolt is stressed in shear
.
o
Connection will experience some slippage before reaching full strength.
Slip-critical connection
o
Bolt is tensioned to such an extent that movement between members is resisted by friction between the adjoining "faying" surfaces of the members themselves.
o
Bolt is stressed in tension
.
o
Under normal loads, no slippage occurs.
Joining Steel Members: Slip-Critical Connections
Required for joints that experience load reversals, for joints with oversize or slotted holes, and where minor slippage would be detrimental to the structure (such as column-to-column splices in very tall buildings).
Verification of Required Tension
Turn of the Nut Method
Tightened until snug, then turned an additional fraction of a turn
Correct tension is reached when end breaks off
Tension Control Bolts
Load Indicator Washers or Direct Tension Indicators
Tension Control Bolts
Wrench grips both the nut & bolt
When required torch reached
End twists off
Ease of installation & consistency
Load Indicator Washers
Washer with Protrusions (Gap)
Protrusions flatten as Bolt is tightened
Visually inspected to ensure that protrusions are flat (gap closed)
Load Indicator Washers with a Visible Dye that squirts out when the washer has sufficiently flattened
Joining Steel Members: Welding
The joining surfaces of steel members are heated to a molten state, additional molten metal is added, and the members are fully fused.
After welding is complete, two members can be joined as if they are one monolithic element.
Joining Steel Members: Welding
Fillet welds
are relatively easy to make, as little preparation of the joint is required.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Groove welds
require properly shaped and spaced joints.
Puddle welds
are used to fasten metal decking to structural steel members.
Welds that are critical to the stability of the structure can be inspected using a variety of techniques to ensure their soundness and freedom from hidden flaws.
Details of Steel Framing
Example Beam-To-Column Connection: Framed Shear Connection
Framed Connection:
Angles, plates, or tees connect web of beam to side of column
Angles are bolted to beam in the fabricator's shop.
Beam/angle assembly is bolted to the column in the field.
Shear Connection:
Transfers gravity loads from beam to columns. But the connection is not sufficiently rigid to transfer bending forces between the two members.
In an engineering analysis, this connection is modeled as if it is free to rotate. In fact, the connection is sufficiently flexible to allow small rotations between the beam and column such that bending forces in the beam do not impart bending forces into the column.
Also called an AISC Simple Connection.
Beam-To-Column: Moment Connection
Web of beam is connected to column with bolted angles.
Top and bottom flanges of beam are field-welded to column with full penetration welds.
Column is reinforced with plates to carry bending forces from beam flanges into column.
This connection transfers gravity loads and
bending forces between the members.
Beam is restrained from even small rotations, termed AISC Fully Restrained.
The "dog bone" cut in the beam creates a zone of weakness away from the connection itself.
Under extreme stress during a seismic event, this weakened area of the beam will deform plastically, protecting the welded joint, which is more brittle, from failure.
Stabilizing the Building Frame
The rectangular geometry of the building frame must be made stable against lateral forces by one of three methods:
o
diagonal bracing
o
moment-resisting frame
o
shear walls
Stabilizing the Building Frame: Diagonal Bracing
Diagonal bracing creates stable, triangular geometry within the frame.
A diagonally braced frame can be constructed with shear connections that are free to rotate.
Eccentric bracing,
a variation on diagonal bracing, allows a plastic hinge condition to develop during extreme seismic events, absorbing the dynamic energy of the earthquake.
Stabilizing the Building Frame: Moment-Resisting Frame
Some or all of the beam-column connections are moment connections capable of resisting rotations between the members, making the frame stable.
Stabilizing the Building Frame: Shear Walls
Shear walls,
most often made of concrete, can stabilize a structural frame constructed with shear connections that are free to rotate.
Shear walls in tall buildings sometimes also incorporate heavy steel plate.
The different stabilizing methods are frequently used in combination in a single structure.
Stabilizing the Building Frame
Inverted vee diagonal bracing in a steel building frame.
These buckling-resistant braces
are specially designed to deform plastically in a controlled manner during an extreme seismic event and protect the building from the energy of the earthquake.
The beam-to-column connections are also moment connections.
The beginnings of a concrete core tower that will contain vertical building services and that will also act as shear walls, stabilizing the building frame.
Beam Connections
When connecting a beam to the column web, access to the connection is more constrained than when connecting to column flanges.
A seated connection
relies on a seat angle
below the beam and stabilizing angle at top. The angle connections are not stiff enough to transfer bending forces, and this is a shear connection.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Moment connection with bolted web and welded flanges. The shear tab is deep enough to position the bolts clear of the column flanges for easy access.
An end plate connection
. The plate is welded to the beam in the shop and bolted to the column in the field.
This connection is sufficiently rigid to transfer some (but not all) bending forces between the beam and column and is termed semi-rigid
or AISC Partially-Restrained.
Column Connections
A bolted column-column connection, or splice
. Column connections are frequently located at roughly waist height, to avoid interference with beam-column connections and so that connections are conveniently accessible to workers standing on the floor deck.
Where outer dimensions of connected column sections vary, shim
or filler plates
are inserted in the connection to make up the difference.
Column Splicing
A bolted column splice with plates shop-welded to the ends of both column sections
Bearing plate
A welded column splice. The bolted connector plate holds the columns in alignment prior to welding. Later, the column flanges are welded with partial penetration welds. The hole in the plate provides an attachment point for the lifting line during erection.
A butt plate
or bearing plate
is inserted in the connection where inside dimensions of the column sections differ. The plate is thick enough to transfer the loads from the upper column section to the lower one.
The beam-column connection is a shear connection relying on a shear tab welded to the column in the fabricator's shop and bolted to the beam web in the field.
The HSS column splice relies on a lightweight plate, shop-welded to the lower column section and field-welded to the upper section.
Just to the right of the column is a welded OWSJ-beam connection with a light reinforcing plate underneath the beam flange.
The Construction Process
Construction Process Timeline
Preparation of Structural Drawings (Structural Engr.)
Preparation of Shop Drawings (fabricator)
Detailed fabrication & erection drawings
Details each piece and connections
Submission & Approval
Order “stock” lengths
Fabricate each piece (after Shop Drawing Approval)
Ship to Jobsite
Erection
Steel Framing Plan
Shows sizes and locations of structural steel members
The W30 girder-column connection is a beam to column flange connection.
The W27 beam-column connection is beam to column web connection.
The W18 to W30 connection is a coped beam-girder connection.
The Fabricator
The steel fabricator
is responsible for providing each needed piece of structural steel to the construction site.
Traditionally, the fabricator prepares shop drawings
showing the dimensions of each piece of steel required for the job.
The shop drawings are reviewed by the architect and structural engineer before the fabricator begins work.
The fabricator frequently is also responsible for determining the details of the steel connections themselves, based on more general connection load requirements provided by the structural engineer.
More recently, with building information modeling (BIM)
systems, steel fabrication information and details may be developed by the structural engineer in the building model as an alternative to relying on fabricator shop drawings.
In the fabricator's shop, each piece of steel is cut to length, coped, drilled, punched, welded, shaped and provided with tabs, angles, plates and other accessories as indicated on the shop drawings.
Fabrication operations are performed by a combination of automated equipment and skilled workers.
Fabricated steel members are stacked in the fabricator's yard using an overhead crane, awaiting transportation to the construction site.
Steel members are individually labeled to correspond to information on the erection drawings so that each piece can be assembled in the proper location once delivered to the construction site.
Erection Sequence
Erect Columns
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Install beams and girders
Plumb structure
Complete (weld or tighten) all connections - including diagonal bracing
Grout column base plates
Install edge angles & decking (or netting/plank)
Start next tier
The Erector
The erector
is responsible for erection of steel once delivered to the construction site.
The erector may or may not be the same entity as the fabricator.
The erector's workers are called ironworkers
.
Column Set to Proper Elevation
Options
o
set in grout prior to column erection
o
nuts set to elevation prior to steel erection
o
metal shims set to proper elevation
Leveling Plate
Leveling Nuts
Shims
The Erector
As the frame is erected, temporary cables with turnbuckles are used to plumb up
(make vertical) the frame.
Floor and Roof Decking
Corrugated steel decking
laid over the steel framing is the most common floor and roof decking material.
The decking is puddle welded to the framing members below.
Steel decking comes in a variety of profiles and depths to suit different load and span conditions.
Shear studs
may be welded to tops of beams, projecting through the metal decking. Once concrete is poured, the beams and concrete act together structurally as another form of composite construction.
Concrete is placed over the metal decking to complete the structural floor or roof deck.
A grid of welded wire reinforcing within the concrete increases the floor's resistance to cracking.
Other materials, such as the precast concrete hollow core planks shown here, can also be used to create the floor and roof decks.
Fireproofing of Steel Framing
Steel Strength and Temperature
Above roughly 500 or 600 degrees F, steel rapidly looses strength.
Fireproofing
acts as insulation, protecting steel from the heat of fire and the survival of the building structure.
Fireproofing materials
Concrete
Plaster
Gypsum wallboard
Spray-applied insulation
Loose insulation within sheet metal column cover
Water-filled columns (e.g., U.S. Steel Building, Pittsburgh)
Insulation blankets
Intumescent Coatings:
Thin, paint-like coatings that expand to create a thicker, insulating layer when exposed to the heat of fire
Spray-Applied Fire-Resistive Material (SFRM)
The most common fireproofing
The level of protection required for various parts of the structure is determined by the building code and relates to the size of the building and its occupancies.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
To achieve an equal level of protection, lighter steel members require more insulation than heavier members, since lighter member heat up more quickly.
Spray-applied fireproofing has been applied to the first two levels of framing in this steel high rise structure. Spray-on Fireproofing Mixture
Cementitious or fiber & binder mixture
Sprayed to the required thickness
Greater thickness = greater Resistance
Cross-bracing, which resists wind and earthquake but not gravity loads, is not normally required to be fire-protected.
Additional Resources
Videos
The Pros and Cons of Steel House Frames
Structural Steel Frame Anatomy and Process
Chapter 12 - Light Gauge Steel Frame Construction
Light Gauge Steel Frame Construction
Thought Points
Focus on the light steel framing members, sheet metal and framing procedures for frame construction.
Key Terms
Light gauge steel stud: A length of thin sheet metal formed into a stiff shape and used as a wall framing member.
Cold-formed steel: Steel formed at a temperature at which it is no longer plastic, as by rolling or forging at room temperature.
Furring channel: A sheet metal furring strip in the form of a cee-channel.
Gauge: A measure of the thickness of sheet material. Lower gauge numbers signify thicker sheets; also spelled “gage.”
Self-drilling: Drills its own hole.
Web stiffener: A metal rib used to support the web of a light gauge steel joist or a structural steel girder against buckling.
Gypsum sheathing panel: A water-resistant, gypsum-based sheet material used for exterior sheathing.
Thermal bridge: A component of relatively high thermal conductivity that conducts heat more rapidly through an insulated building assembly, such as a steel stud in an insulated stud wall. Alloy: A substance composed of two or more metals or of a metal and a nonmetallic constituent.
Quenching: The rapid cooling of metal so as to alter its physical properties; a form of heat treatment.
Tempered glass: Heat-treated glass that is stronger than heat-strengthened glass and is suitable for use as safety glazing.
Annealed: Cooled under controlled conditions to minimize internal stresses, usually referring to iron or steel members.
Galvanized steel: Steel with a zinc coating for the purpose of providing protection from corrosion.
Anodizing: An electrolytic process that forms a permanent protective oxide coating on aluminum, with or without added color.
Casting: Pouring a liquid material or slurry into a mold whose form it will take as it solidifies.
Extrusion: The process of squeezing a material through a shaped orifice to produce a linear element with the desired cross section; an element produced by this process.
Drawing: Shaping a material by pulling it through an orifice, as in the drawing of steel wire or the drawing of a sheet of glass.
Milling: Shaping or planning by using a rotating cutting tool.
Lathe: (rhymes with “bathe") A machine in which a piece of material is rotated against a sharpcutting tool to produce a shape, all of whose cross sections are circles; a machine in which a log is rotated against a long knife to peel a
continuous sheet of veneer.
Tap: To cut internal threads, such as in a hole or nut.
Die: An industrial tool for giving identical form to repeatedly produced or continuously generated units, such as a shaped orifice for giving form to a column of clay, a steel wire, or an aluminum extrusion; a shaped punch for making cutouts of sheet metal or paper; or a mold for casting plastic or metal.
Brake metal: Sheet metal, formed into final shape using a brake.
Welding: The process of making a weld.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Brazing: A process that uses molten, nonferrous metal to join two pieces of metal. The brazing metal is melted at a temperature below that of the metals being joined, so that, unlike in welding, the joined metals remain in a solid state throughout the process.
Soldering: A low-temperature form of brazing.
Stainless steel: A silver-colored steel alloy with superior corrosion resistance due principally to high chromium and nickel content.
Hot-dip galvanizing: A method of galvanizing in which a steel member or assembly is dipped into a bath of molten zinc.
Electrogalvanizing: A method of galvamizing, in which an electric currentis used to deposit zinc from a liquid bath onto steel.
Guided Reading
Guided Reading Questions (True or False)
Answers 1.Steel components are cold-rolled from steel sheet. True
2. Heavily dimpling metal results in a more flexible framing member.
False
3. Studs are cut long to maintain deflection gap
False
4. Welded joints can achieve higher strengths but are more labor intensive to make than mechanically fastened joints. True
5. In many climates, continuous insulation is required on one side or other of the framing, to mitigate thermal bridging. True
The Concept of Light Guage Steel Construction
Light Gauge Steel Framing Members
•Steel components are cold-rolled from steel sheet.
•Cold-forming increases metal strength.
•Members are essentially noncombustible equivalents of wood light frame construction.
C-Studs and Joists
•Used as vertical studs, and horizontal joists, rafters, and headers
•Standards sizes
–Depth 1-5/8 to 12 in.
–Width 1-1/4 to 2-1/2 in.
–Metal thickness 18 to 97 mils (0.018 to 0.097 in.)
•Example designation: 600S162-54
–600: 6.00 inches deep
–S: Stud or joist
–162: 1.625 (1-5/8) inches wide
–54: 54 mils (.054 inches) metal thickness
Tracks
•Used at top and bottom of wall framing and at ends of floor framing, to hold studs or joists
•Analogous to wall plates and rim joists in light wood frame construction
•Standard sizes
–Depth to match studs or joists
–Width 1-1/4 to 2 in.
•Example designation: 600T125-33
–6.00 inches deep
–Track
–1.25 in. wide
–33 mils metal thickness
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Channels
•Used for bridging, blocking, and other reinforcing and bracing
•Also called cold-formed channels
•Standard sizes
–Depth ¾ to 2-1/2 in.
–Width ½ in.
•Example designation: 075U50-54
–0.75 in. deep
–U-channel
–0.50 inches wide
–54 mils metal thickness
Furring
•Used for bridging, backing, furring
•Also called hat channels
•Standard sizes
–Depth 7/8 or 1-1/2 in.
–Width 1¼ in. at raised surface, 2½ in. at base
•Example designation: 087F125-30
–0.875 in. deep
–Furring channel
–1.25 inches wide at raised surface
–30 mils metal thickness
L-Headers
•Used for simplified header construction over openings in loadbearing walls
•Break-formed angles (sheet metal bent in fabricator's shop to the specified size)
•Standard sizes
–Long leg 6 to 10 in.
–Short leg 1½ in.
•Example designation:
2-800L150-43
–2 (doubled) angles required
–8.00 in. long leg length
–L-Header
–1.5 in. short leg length
–43 mils metal thickness
Framing Accessories
•Various sheet metal clips, stiffeners, bracing, and hangers are used to make connections and reinforce framing.
Special Products
Many manufacturers offer proprietary members that offer various performance advantages or efficiencies.
The heavy dimpling or extra corrugation result in framing members that are stiffer than their conventional counterparts of the same metal thickness.
Slip track:
A top track with extra deep legs and slotted holes
Allows fastening of nonloadbearing studs to track while permitting deflection in the track
Studs are intentionally cut short so that a deflection gap remains.
Deflection in the slab above does not impart unintended loads into the wall framing.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
A jamb-stud,
a single, deeper framing member designed to replace two conventional studs at either side of a framed rough opening
Sheet Metal Thickness
Thicker members are stronger and stiffer, but also heavier and more expensive.
Thickness is traditionally expressed as metal gauge
(or gage
), with lower numbers corresponding to thicker metal.
Translation of gauge numbers to metal thickness is not always consistent.
Contemporary ASTM standards specify metal thickness in decimal inches.
Cutting Light Gauge Sheet Metal
Tin snips (aviator's snips): quiet, clean, slower than power methods
Power shears
Power saw with abrasive or carbide-toothed blade
Torch cutting
Fastening Light Gauge Sheet Metal
Self-drilling, self-tapping screws are most common.
Crimping tools mutually deform parts to be joined.
Nail-like pins are power-driven.
Welded joints can achieve higher strengths but are more labor intensive to make than mechanically fastened joints.
Welding is best suited to thicker sheets that are less susceptible to melt-through
(
burn through
) than thinner sheets.
Plug welds
Slot welds
Flare vee weld
Framing Procedures
Framing
Framing methods parallel wood light frame platform construction.
Steel joists spaced from 12 to 24 in. o.c. are framed into tracks or channels.
Web stiffeners or reinforcing are inserted where concentrated loads might cause joist webs to buckle.
Construction panels are fastened with mastic adhesive and screws.
Heavier beam equivalents, such as the ridge beam in the top illustration, can be constructed by nesting standard joists.
Simple angles or end clips facilitate joining of perpendicular members.
Joist hangers, gusset plates, and folded track ends are other connection methods.
Window header connection to supporting studs
Bracing
Slender steel members require bracing at regularly spaced intervals to reduce the tendency to buckle.
Specifying Light Gauge Steel Framing
Division 5 Metals,
Section 05 40 00—Cold-Formed Metal Framing
–Structural, loadbearing framing
–Exterior wall framing (subject to wind loads)
Division 9 Finishes
Section 09 22 16—Non-Structural Metal Framing
–Interior nonloadbearing framing
Additional Resources
Videos
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Light gauge steel framing process
Why Builders Choose Light Gauge Steel Framing
Why Light Gauge Steel Building?
Chapter 17 - Roofing
Roofing
Thought Points
Focus on the difference of low-slope and steep roofs, and typical details for each type of roofs.
Key Terms
Steep roof: A roof with sufficient slope to be made waterproof with shingles. In the International Building Code, a roof with a slope of 2:12 (17 percent) or greater.
Low-slope roof: A roof that is pitched so near to horizontal that it must be made waterproof with a continuous membrane rather than shingles; commonly and inaccurately referred to as a “flat roof.” In the International Building Code, a roof with a slope of less than 2:12 (17 percent).
Thermal insulation: A material greatly retards the passage of heat.
Air barrier: A material that reduces air leakage through a building assembly.
Vapor retarder: A layer of material intended to resist the diffusion of water vapor through a building assembly. Also called, less accurately, vapor barrier.
Roof membrane: A waterproof sheet or multi-ply assembly that protects a low-slope roof from water penetration.
Drainage: Removal of water.
Flashing: A thin, continuous sheet of metal, plastic, rubber, or waterproof paper used to prevent the passage of water through a joint in a wall, roof, or chimney.
Ponding: The accumulation of standing water on a low-slope roof due to inadequate drainage.
Substrate: The base to which a coating, veneer, or finish material is applied.
Area divider: A curb used to partition a large roof membrane into smaller areas to allow for expansion and contraction in the deck and membrane.
Topside vent: A water-protected opening through a roof membrane to relieve pressure from water vapor that may accumulate beneath the membrane.
Protected membrane roof (PMR): A membrane roof assembly in which the thermal insulation lies above the membrane.
Ballast: A heavy material installed over a roof membrane to prevent wind uplift and shield the membrane from sunlight.
Thermal resistance: The resistance of a material or assembly to the conduction of heat.
Water vapor: Water in its gaseous phase.
Relative humidity: A percentage representing the ratio of the amount of water vapor contained in a mass of air to the maximum amount of water it could contain under the existing conditions of temperature and pressure.
Dew point: The temperature at which water will begin to condense from a mass of air with a given moisture content.
Condensation: The process of changing from a gaseous to a liquid state, especially as applied to water.
Vapor pressure: A measure of the pressure exerted by water molecules in a gaseous state, generally higher with higher relative humidity and higher air temperature.
Vapor retarder: A layer of material intended to resist the diffusion of water vapor through a building assembly. Also called, less accurately, vapor barrier.
Vapor permeance: A measure of the ease with which water vapor can diffuse through a material.
Perm: A unit of vapor permeance, a measure of a material's permeability to the diffusion of water vapor.
Vapor permeability: Vapor permeance per unit of thickness.
Vented metal decking: Metal decking with slotted perforations designed to allow excess moisture in the concrete cast onto the deck to evaporate downward through the decking.
Bituminous roof membrane: A low-slope roof membrane made from bituminous materials, either a built-up roof membrane or a modified bitumen roof membrane.
Built-up roof (BUR): A multi-ply roof membrane, made from layers of asphalt saturated felt or other fabric, bonded together with bitumen.
Styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS): A copolymer of butadiene and styrene used as a modifier in polymer-modified bitumen roofing.
Thermoplastic: In plastics, having the property of softening when heated and rehardening when cooled; weldable by heat or solvents.
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC): A thermoplastic material widely used in construction products,
including plumbing pipes, floor tiles, wall coverings, and roof membranes. Called “vinyl" for short.
Thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO): A thermoplastic single-ply roof membrane material, made from blends of polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene-propylene rubber polymers.
EPDM: Ethylene propylene diene monomer, a synthetic rubber thermosetting material used in low-slope roofing membranes.
Fluid-applied roof membrane: A roof membrane applied in one or more coats of a liquid that cure to form an impervious sheet.
Traffic deck: A walking surface placed on top of a roof membrane.
Base flashing: The flashing at the edges of a low-slope roof membrane that turns up against the adjacent face of a parapet or wall; frequently overlapped by a counterflashing.
Fascia: The exposed vertical face of an eave
.
Scupper: An opening through a parapet through which water can drain over the edge of a flat roof.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Stripping: Removing formwork from concrete; sealing around a roof flashing with layers of felt and bitumen.
Parapet: The region of an exterior wall that projects above the level of the roof.
Counterflashing: A lashing turned down from above to overlap another flashing turned up from below so as to shed water.
Coping: A protective cap on the top of a masonry wall.
Cant strip: A strip of material with a sloping face used to ease the transition from a horizontal to a vertical surface at the edge of a membrane roof.
Architectural sheet metal roofing: A roof covering made up of sheets of metal in a traditional shop-or site-fabricated pattern such as standing seam, flat seam, or batten Seam.
Thatch: A thick roof covering of reeds, straw, grasses, or leaves.
Shingle: A small unit of water-resistant material nailed in overlapping fashion with many other such units to render a wall or sloping roof watertight; to apply shingles.
Breather mat: A wiry plastic matting placed within a roof or wall assembly to create a space for drainage and ventilation.
Asphalt shingle: A roofing unit composed of a heavy organic or inorganic felt saturated with asphalt and faced with mineral granules.
Valley: A trough formed by the intersection of two roof slopes.
Batten-seam: A seam, roughly square in profile, in architectural sheet metal roofing.
Structural standing-seam metal roofing: Sheets of folded metal that serve both as decking and as the waterproof layer of a roof.
Lead: (rhymes with “bed”) A soft, dull gray, easily formed nonferrous metal.
Copper: A soft, nonferrous metal, orange-red in original color, that oxidizes to a color ranging from blue-green to black.
Zinc: A relatively weak and brittle nonferrous metal used, most notably, as a protective galvanic coating for steel.
Stainless steel: A silver-colored steel alloy with superior corrosion resistance due principally to high chromium and nickel content.
Titanium: A strong, corrosion-resistant, silvery gray nonferrous metal.
Aluminum: A silver-colored, nonferrous metal that naturally forms a self-protecting oxide layer.
Metallic-coated steel: Steel sheet coated with zinc or zinc-aluminum for improved corrosion resistance.
Ferrous steel: In common usage, steel unprotected from corrosion by either galvanizing or alloying.
Gauge: A measure of the thickness of sheet material. Lower gauge numbers signify thicker sheets; also spelled “gage.”
Cool roof: A roof covering that reflects a substantial portion of the sun's thermal energy.
Solar reflectance: A unitless index, ranging from 0 to 1, expressing a material’s tendency to absorb or reflect solar radiation; also called albedo.
Thermal emittance: A unitless index, from 0 to 1, expressing a material's tendency to radiate thermal energy as its temperature rises in relation to surrounding surfaces.
Cool color: A coating applied to a roofing material that is nonwhite, yet reflects a relatively high percentage of the sun's thermal energy.
Near-infrared (NIR) radiation: An invisible portion of the solar spectrum that accounts for more than half of the total heat energy in solar radiation.
Green roof: A roof covered with soil and plant materials; also called a vegetated roof.
Extensive green roof
: A green roof with a relatively shallow soil, planted with low maintenance, drought-tolerant plant materials.
Intensive green roof: A green roof with relatively deep soil capable of supporting a broad variety of plants and shrubs.
Flood test: The submersion of a horizontal waterproofing system, usually for an extended period of time, to check for leaks.
Modular green roof: A green roof system in which all components are provided in self- contained, easily transported and installed trays or modules.
Photovoltaic (PV) : Capable of converting light into electricity.
Class A, B, C roofing: Roof covering materials classified according to their resistance to fire when tested in accordance with ASTM E108. Class A is the most resistant, and Class C is the least.
Anode: The metal in a galvanic couple that experiences accelerated corrosion.
Cathode: The metal in a galvanic couple that experiences a decreased rate of corrosion.
Galvanic series: A list of metals in order of their relative electrochemical potential when immersed in a given conducting medium.
Active metal: A metal relatively high on a galvanic series, tending to act as an anode in galvanic couples.
Passive metal: A metal relatively low on a galvanic Series, tending to act as an cathode in galvanic couples; also called a noble metal
.
Galvanized steel: Steel with a zinc coating for the purpose of providing protection from corrosion.
Guided Reading Questions (True or False)
Answers
1. If the insulation is air-permeable, ventilation is required above, to remove moisture that may accumulate. True
2. Insulation boards are often installed in single layers, to reduce the leakage of heat and air between the board joints. False
3. Roof membranes themselves often do not perform as well as air barriers. True
4. Shingles are traditionally installed under skip sheathing. False
5. Metal flashings at roof edges protect against water seepage under the shingles. True
6. Steel: A higher gauge number represents a thicker sheet. False
7. When different metals come into contact, electrical current flows between them, and corrosion of the more active or anodic metal results. True
8. By reflecting solar energy, cool roofs reduce building energy costs, increase occupant comfort, and reduce urban heat island effects. True
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Guided Reading
Roofing
Roofs
First line of defense against the weather
o
Precipitation (Rain, snow)
o
Sun
o
Thermal Transmission
Subjected to extreme heat and cold
Surface can have wide temperature swings
Roof Groups
Steep Roofs
Low-Slope Roofs
Low-Slope Roofs
Low-Slope Roofs
Advantages
Can cover a “large” horizontal surface (vs. steep)
Simpler geometry, often less expensive
Roof can have other functions - patio, decks, parking
Disadvantages
Water Drains Slowly
Slight Structural Movements Tear the Membrane
Water Vapor Pressure Can Blister & Rupture the Membrane
Low-Slope Roof Components
Structural Support - Deck
Thermal Insulation
Vapor Retarder
Roof Membrane
Roof Ballast
Drainage
Flashing
Roof Deck
Materials (Plywood, OSB, Steel, Concrete)
Performance requirements
o
Support Roof Loading
o
Resist Uplift
o
Sloped for Drainage
o
Expansion & Contraction - Roof & Structure
o
Smooth, Clean Surface
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Dry Prior
Thermal Insulation
Resist Heat Transfer
Location / Placement
o
Below the Deck
o
Between the Deck & Membrane
o
Above the Membrane
Rigid Insulation Attachment (adhered or mechanically attached)
Below the Deck
Can be fibrous batt - hung from roof supports
Between the Deck and Membrane
Traditional Placement
Must Support roof membrane
Rigid panels or lightweight concrete
Water penetration trapped beneath membrane
In Cold Climates:
o
Vapor barrier
o
Insulation Ventilation
Vapor Retarder
Purpose - Prevent transmission of Water Vapor
Location / Placement
o
Generally Below the Insulation
Material - hot mopped felts most common
Insulation Ventilation
o
Roof Vent
Thermal Insulation: Above the Membrane
Advantages
Membrane protected from extreme temperatures
Membrane on the warm side of the insulation - protected from blistering
Insulation
Must retain insulating value when wet
Can’t decay or deteriorate
Ballast required to protect from sunlight
Roof Membranes
Three Categories
Built-up Roof (BUR) Membrane
Single-Ply Roof Membrane
Fluid Applied Roof Membrane
Built-up Roof Membrane
“Multiple plies of asphalt-impregnated felt bedded in bitumen”
Application:
1.
Felts laid in Hot Asphalt (or coal tar)
2.
Overlapping Layers
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
3.
Forms a “laminated” membrane typically 2-4 plies thick
Single-Ply Roof Membrane
“Sheet materials that are applied to the roof in a single layer”
Attached to the Roof:
1.
1.
Adhesives
2.
Ballast Weight
3.
Concealed fasteners
The Roof System
Uses rigid insulation over metal decking
Thermoplastic Membrane
Sheets are mechanically fastened to the structure and the seams welded
Fluid-Applied Membranes
“Membranes applied with a roller or spray gun and cure to form a rubbery membrane”
Uses
“Complex shapes that are difficult to roof by conventional means”
Examples: Domes and shells
Ballast and Traffic Decks
Ballast Material
o
Stone aggregate
o
Precast concrete blocks or Pavers
Purpose
o
Hold down membrane (against wind uplift)
o
Protect membrane from ultraviolet light
o
Protect membrane from physical wear
Traffic Decks – installed over membranes for walks, terraces, drives, etc.
Steep Roofs
Steep Roofs
Drain Quickly
o
Less opportunity for gravity or wind to push/pull water through the roofing material
Facilitate the use of shingles
o
small, overlapping roofing units
Advantages:
o
Can be inexpensive, easy to handle & install,
o
Accommodate thermal expansion/contraction & structural movement
o
Vents water vapor easily
o
Visible - Aesthetics
Roofs with a pitch of 3:12 or greater
Three General Categories
o
Thatch
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Shingles
o
Architectural sheet metal
Insulation & vapor retarder
o
Typically installed below the roof decking
Decking – typically plywood or OSB
Ancient method of waterproofing
Installation:
o
Bundles of reeds
o
Overlapping layers Advantages
o
Shed water
o
Provide some insulating value
Shingles
"applied to the roof in small units and in overlapping layers with staggered vertical joints"
Materials
o
Wood(shingles and shakes)
o
Asphalt
o
Slates
o
Clay Tiles
o
Concrete Tiles
Architectural Sheet Metal Roofing
Materials – typically thin sheets of aluminum or galvanized steel
Coatings – typically a polymeric available in various colors
Seams – raised interlocking edge seams
Fasteners – concealed or exposed fasteners with rubber washers MODULE 6
Table of contents
Weekly Readings
Chapter 18 - Glass and Glazing
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Glass and Glazing
o
Glass
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 19 - Windows and Doors
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading Questions
o
Window Terminology
o
Types of Windows
o
Window Frames
o
Doors
o
Fenestration Performance
o
Additional Resources
Weekly Readings
This week you will read chapters 18 and 19
Chapter 18 - Glass and Glazing
Glass and Glazing
Thought Points
Focus on types of glass, it's uses, and installation process.
Key Terms
Crown glass: Glass sheet formed by spinning an opened hollow globe of heated glass.
Cylinder glass: Glass sheet produced by blowing a large, elongated glass cylinder, cutting off its ends, slitting it lengthwise, and opening it into a flat rectangle.
Punty: A metal rod used in working with hot glass.
Plate glass: Glass of high optical quality, produced by grinding and polishing both faces of a glass sheet.
Drawn glass: Glass sheet pulled directly from a container of molten glass.
Float glass: Glass sheet manufactured by cooling a layer of molten glass on a bath of molten tin.
Lehr: A chamber in which glass is annealed.
Glazing: The act of installing glass; the transparent material (most often glass or plastic) in a glazed opening; as an adjective, referring to materials used in installing glass (for example, “glazing tape").
Glazier: One who installs glass.
Light: A sheet of glass, also spelled “lite."
Single-strength glass: Glass approximately %2 inch (2.5 mm) thick.
Double-strength glass: Glass that is approximately 9% inch (3 mm) thick.
Heat-strengthened glass: Heat-treated glass that is not as strong as tempered glass, and that may not be used as safely glazing.
Laminated glass: A glazing material consisting of outer layers of glass laminated to an inner layer of transparent plastic.
Polyvinyl butyral (PVB) interlayer: A transparent plastic used in the fabrication of laminated glass.
Security glass: A glazing sheet with multiple laminations of glass and plastic, designed to stop bullets.
Damage weighted transmittance (Tdw): The ratio of solar radiation that passes through a glazing unit to the amount of light striking the unit, weighted to account for the relative fading damage potential of the various wavelengths. The lower the damage weighted transmittance, the better the protection against fading afforded to interior fabrics and materials.
Chemically strengthened glass: Glass strengthened by immersion in a molten salt bath, causing an ion exchange at the surfaces of the glass that creates a prestress in a manner similar to heat- treated glass.
Safety glazing: Glass or plastic glazing material that, when broken, does not create hazardous shards, permitted for use in locations in buildings at risk of occupant impact; most commonly tempered glass or laminated glass.
Fire-rated glass: Glass that is capable of retaining its integrity after being exposed to fire, either fire-protection rated glazing or fire-resistance-rated glazing.
Wired glass: Glass in which a wire mesh is embedded during manufacture, principally for fire resistance.
Fire-resistance-rated glazing: Fire-rated glass capable of substituting in full for solid, fire- resistance-rated wall assemblies. Unlike fire-protection rated glazing, fireresistance-rated glazing is not limited to use in doors, windows, and other openings.
Frit: Ground-up colored glass that is heat-fused to lites of glass to form functional or decorative patterns.
Spandrel glass: Opaque glass manufactured especially for use in spandrel panels.
Visible light transmittance (VT): The ratio of visible light that passes through a sheet of glass or a glazing unit to the amount of light striking the glass or unit.
Tinted glass: Glass that is colored with pigments, dyes, or other admixtures.
Solar heat gain coefficient: A measure of the energy-conserving potential of the unit.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Shading coefficient: The ratio of total solar heat passing through a given sheet of glass to that passing through a sheet of clear double-strength glass; mostly replaced in contemporary energy calculations by solar heat gain coefficient.
Reflective coated glass: Glass onto which a thin layer of metal or metal oxide has been deposited to reflect light and/or heat.
Double glazing: Two parallel sheets of glass with an airspace between.
Insulating glass: A glazing unit made up of two or more sheets of glass with an airspace in between.
Edge spacer: The material used to separate lites of glass in an insulating glass unit; also called a spline.
Warm edge spacer: A glazing edge spacer with improved thermal resistance.
U-Factor: A measure of the thermal conductance of a material or assembly; the mathematical reciprocal of R-value.
Low-emissivity coating: A surface coating for glass that selectively reflects solar radiation of different wavelengths so as to allow high visible light transmittance while reflecting some or all types of infrared (heat) radiation. See also Low-e coating.
Surface number: In glazing assemblies, the distinct faces of glazing, counting from the outermost to the innermost of a glazing unit, including each face of each glazing material.
Chromogenic glass: Glass that can change its optical properties, such as thermo-chromic, photochromic, or electrochromic glass.
Thermochromic glass: Glass that changes its optical properties in response to changes in temperature.
Photochromic glass: Glass that changes its optical properties in response to light intensity.
Electrochromic glass: Glass that changes its optical properties in response to the application of electric current.
Patterned glass: Glass into which a texture has been rolled during manufacture.
Aerogel: A silicon-based foam with relatively high thermal resistance, used in insulating blankets and insulated glazing units.
Glazier's points: Small pieces of metal driven into a wood sash to hold glass in place.
Glazing compound: Amy of several types of mastic used to bed small lites of glass in a frame.
Setting block: A small block of synthetic rubber or lead used to support the weight of a sheet of glass at its lower edge.
Bite: The depth to which the edge of a piece of glass is held by its frame.
Preformed solid tape sealant: A sealant inserted into a joint in the form of a flexible strip of solid material.
Polybutene tape: A sticky, masticlike tape used to seal nonworking joints, especially between glass and mullions.
Lockstrip gasket: A synthetic rubberstrip compressed around the edge of a piece of glass or a wall panel by inserting a spline (lockstrip) into a groove in the strip.
Weep hole: A small opening whose purpose is to permit drainage of water that accumulates inside a building component or assembly.
Structural glazing: Glass secured to the face of a building with highly adhesive sealant or glazing tape to eliminate the need for any metal to appear on the exterior of the building.
Suspended glazing: Large sheets of glass hung from clamps at their top edges to eliminate the need for metal mullions.
Glass mullion system: A method of constructing a large glazed area by stiffening the sheets of glass with perpendicular glass ribs.
Guided Reading Questions
Guided Reading Questions (Chapter 18)
Answers
First use of windows was in the era of Roman times.
True
The rod used for crown process of glass is classed punty.
True
Annealed or heat=strengthen glass breaks it can be reused.
False
Safety glass has not been invited yet and could possibly be a billion-dollar idea.
False
Damage weighted transmittance is not important for the subject of glass.
False
Lamination can add strength.
True
Glass and Glazing
Glass
Benefits of Using Glass
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Allows entry of natural light
o
Provide “views” of exterior environment
o
Entry of sunlight provides warmth
Disadvantages and/or Design Considerations
o
Limits occupant’s privacy
o
Lower resistance to thermal transmission
heat in the summer &
Cold in the winter
Initial & operating costs
Glass History
Material used for Centuries
o
Early Processes (10th Century)
o
Crown Glass
Heated glass blown into sphere
Reheated & spun on “punty”(rod)
Sphere becomes a “disk”
Cooled & cut into pieces
o
Cylinder glass
Heated glass blown into sphere
Swung like a pendulum
Elongated into a cylinder
Ends cut off, split lengthwise
Reheated, opened, flattened into rectangular sheet
Cut into pieces
o
Neither had high “optical” quality
Plate Glass
o
Introduced in the 17th Century
o
Process
Molten glass cast into frames
Spread into sheets by rollers
Cooled
Each side ground / polished
o
Larger sheets of High optical quality
o
Costly (until process was mechanized)
Drawn Glass
o
Replaced cylinder glass, early 20th century
o
Flat sheets of glass drawn
directly from a molten glass container
o
Production Process
Continuous production line - highly mechanized
Drawn glass
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Ground & Polished (plate)
To finished sheets of glass
Float Glass
o
Process invented in 1959 in England (produced in US, 1963)
Has become a worldwide standard
Largely replaced drawn & plate glass
o
Production Process (Glass “floated” across a bath of molten
Glass
Terminology
Glazing - “...installation of a transparent material (usually glass) into an opening”
o
I.E. “Glass & Glazing”
Glazier
o
A glass installer
Lites (lights)
o
Individual pieces of glass
Glass as a Material
Major ingredient - Sand (silicon dioxide)
Strength
o
Individual fibers stronger than steel, but less stiff
o
In larger sheets - microscopic imperfections inherent with manufacturing process significantly reduce its strength
o
Cracks propagate from these imperfections near the point of maximum tension
o
Types of Breakage
Thermal Stress Breaks
Mechanical Stress Breaks
Glass Thickness
Range of Thicknesses
o
3/32” Single strength
o
1/8” Double strength
o
Up to 1”+
Thickness Required is Determined by:
o
Size of Glass Lites (span)
o
Maximum Design (Wind) Loading
o
Acceptable Breakage Rate (most always some breakage)
Tempered Glass
Ordinary Glass - Annealed
o
glass cooled slowly under controlled conditions to avoid internal stresses
Tempered Glass
o
Annealed glass that is:
Reheated
Surfaces cooled rapidly, core cooled more slowly
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Induces permanent compressive stresses in edges & faces and tensile stresses in the core
Result:
4 times as strong in bending
More resistant to thermal stress & impact
Heat-Strengthened Glass
Substitute for Tempered Glass
o
Lower Cost
o
Less of the desirable qualities of tempered
Lower strength
Less desirable breakage characteristics
Process Similar, however
o
Lower induced stresses
o
Less strength (only twice annealed)
o
Breakage characteristics more similar to annealed
Laminated Glass
Sandwiching
o
Transparent interlayer (PVB)
o
Between layers of glass (can be multiple layers)
o
Bonded under heat & pressure
PVB - Polyvinyl Butyral
o
Soft interlayer
o
Can be clear, colored, and/or patterned
o
Improves resistance to sound transmission
o
Upon breakage - PVB holds pieces of glass together
Uses?
o
Skylights (overhead glazing)
o
Reduce noise (hospitals, classrooms, etc.)
o
Security glass (typically has multiple layers)
Fire Rated Glass
Required for:
o
Fire rated doors
o
Rated Window and wall assemblies
Glass Types
o
Specially Tempered Glass (rated for 20 minutes)
o
Wired Glass (mesh of wire in glass, rated for 45min.)
most common, but
changes the appearance of the opening
o
Optical Quality Ceramics (20min. to 3hr)
Spandrel Glass
Interior face
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Ceramic based paints w/ pigmented glass particles (frits) applied
o
Heated / Tempered to form a ceramic coating
o
Opaque Lite
o
Match or contrast other glass
o
Often tempered - resist thermal stresses behind light
Purpose
o
Conceal structure behind glass/curtainwall
Tinted and Reflective Glass
Why tint or apply a reflective coating to glass?
o
Reduce glare from sunlight
o
Reduce solar heat gain
o
Architectural look-Aesthetics
Tinted Glass
Process
o
Chemical elements added to the molten glass
o
Colors available
Grays, bronzes, blues, greens, golds, etc.
Reflective Glass
Thin films of metal or metal oxide placed on the surface of the glass
Film purpose:
o
Reflect sunlight
Reduce solar heat gain
o
Changes Appearance
Colored Mirror effect
Can be placed on either face
o
However, often on the inside face
Shading Coefficient
“Ratio of total solar heat transmission through a particular glass to total solar heat transmission through double-strength clear glass.”
Shading Coefficient = __Heat gain of a Glass type___
Heat gain thru Clear (double-strength)
Tinted glass range: .5 to .8
Reflective glass range .3 to .7 Visible Transmittance
“Measures the transparency
of glass to visible light (rather than solar heat gain)
Ranges:
o
Clear Glass, about 0.9
o
Tinted & Reflective < .9
Glazing Luminous Efficacy (Ke)
Ke = Visible Transmittance
Shading Coefficient
High Ke
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
High amount of solar heat blocked while
o
Considerable amount of sunlight allowed to enter
o
Green & blue glass
Low Ke
o
Similar amounts of solar heat & sunlight blocked
o
Darker interior (less light)
o
Bronze, gold, & grays
Insulating Glass
Two or more sheets of glass separated by an air space
o
Double Glazing: Two (2) sheets
o
Triple Glazing: Three (3) sheets (somewhat uncommon)
Primary purpose of additional sheets of glass
o
Improve insulating value - reduce thermal transmission
o
Two (2) sheets - cuts heat loss in half (1/3 for 3 sheets)
Increases initial cost but:
o
Reduces operating costs
o
Increases comfort
o
Provides additional architectural options
Low-Emissivity Glass - Low-E Glass
Improves thermal performance
Ultra-thin, transparent, metallic coating
Reflects selected
wavelengths of light & heat radiation
o
Allows entry of most short-wave (sunlight)
o
Reflects most longer-wave infrared radiation from objects and humans inside the building
Result:
o
Reduced heating & cooling load, increased comfort
Glass with Changing Properties
Thermochromic glass (darker when warmed by the sun)
Photochromic (darker when exposed to bright light)
Electrochromic (changes transparency with electricity)
Photovoltaic (generates electricity from sunlight)
Innovations
Self-Cleaning Glass
o
Proprietary product w/ coating of titanium oxide
o
Catalyst allowing sunlight to turn organic dirty into carbon dioxide and water
Plastic Glazing Sheet
o
Materials – acrylic & polycarbonate
o
More expensive, higher coefficients of thermal expansion
Glazing - Small Lights
Design Considerations
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Low stresses from wind loading
o
Low stresses from thermal expansion / contraction
Glazing - Large Lites
Design Considerations
o
Greater spans, Larger wind loads
o
Greater stresses from thermal expansion / contraction
o
Minor Frame irregularities can induce stresses
Design Objectives
o
Effectively support glass weight (w/o inducing abnormal stresses)
o
Support glass against wind pressure (both positive & negative)
o
Isolate glass from the supporting frame & building structure
o
Allow for independent expansion/contraction (glass & supports)
o
Separate glass from support materials that could induce stress or cause abrasion
Glass Support and Isolation from Frame
Setting Blocks
Synthetic Rubber
o
Set @ the bottom edge
o
Often two/light @ quarter pts.
Centering Shims
o
Synthetic Rubber
o
Center Light
o
Isolate Light from the Frame
Glass and Energy
Glass
o
Flow conducted and radiated heat
o
In & out building
The conduction of heat through glass should be minimized.
Glass and Design
Methods to compensate for its poor thermal properties
o
Double & triple glazing
o
Low E coatings
o
Low conductivity gas fills
o
Tinting, reflective coatings
o
Curtains, shutters
o
Window sizing & orientation on the building
o
Shading or overhangs
Glass and the Building Codes
Codes concerned with:
o
Structural Adequacy
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
wind & impact loads
o
Providing natural light in habitable rooms
may require a certain glass area as a % of floor area
o
Safety concerns with breakage
skylights, overhead glazing, in or near doors, “clear” sheets of glass that could be mistaken for an opening
Use of laminated, tempered, etc.
o
Prevention of fire
maximum glazed area, wire glass
o
Energy consumption
may require double glazing, storm windows, limit the maximum % of glazed area
Additional Resources
Videos
Fire test for firer rated glass
Glass and Glazing Video
Chapter 19 - Windows and Doors
Windows and Doors
Thought Points
Focus on the types of windows and doors and the specifications of their installation.
Key Terms
Fixed window: Glass that is immovably mounted in a wall.
Single-hung window: A window with two overlapping sashes, the lower of which can slide vertically in tracks and the upper of which is fixed.
Double-hung window: A window with two overlapping sashes that slide vertically in tracks.
Sash: A frame that holds glass.
Sliding window: A window with one fixed sash and another that moves horizontally in tracks.
Casement window: A window that pivots on an axis at or near a vertical edge of the sash.
Awning window: A window that pivots on a horizontal axis at the top edge of the sash and projects toward the outdoors.
Hopper window: A window whose sash pivots on an axis along or near the sill and that opens by tilting toward the interior of the building.
Pivoting window: A window that opens by rotating around its vertical centerline.
Jamb: The vertical side of a door or window.
Head jamb: The horizontal top portion of a window or door.
Sill: The horizontal bottom portion of a window or door; the exterior surface, usually sloped to shed water, below the bottom of a window or door.
Stool: The interior horizontal plane at the sill of a window.
Apron: The finish piece that covers the joint between a window stool and the wall finish below.
Tilt/turn window: A window that opens either by rotating its sash about its vertical centerline or as a hopper.
Top-hinged inswinging window: A window that opens inward on hinges on or near its head.
Skylight: A glazed unit installed in a roof; also referred to as a unit skylight.
Roof window: Either an openable glazed unit installed in the sloping surface of a roof or, more specifically, a glazed roof unit with inward sash operation to allow easy cleaning.
French door: A symmetrical pair of glazed doors hinged to the jambs of a single frame and meeting at the center of the opening.
Terrace door: A double glass door, one leaf of which is fixed and the other hinged to the fixed leaf at the centerline of the door.
Thermal break: A section of material with low thermal conductivity installed between metal components to retard the passage of heat through a wall or window assembly.
Glass-fiber-reinforce plastic (GFRP): Plastic resin strengthened with embedded glass fibers, commonly referred to as “fiberglass.”
Pultrusion: The process of producing a shaped linear element by pulling glass fibers through a bath of uncured plastic, then through a heated, shaped die in which the plastic hardens.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Plastic: A synthetically produced giant molecule, mostly based on carbon chemistry.
Elastomer: A rubber or synthetic rubber.
Polymer: A large molecule composed of many identical chemical units.
Copolymer: A large molecule composed of repeating patterns of two or more chemical units.
Thermoplastic: In plastics, having the property of softening when heated and rehardening when cooled; weldable by heat or solvents.
Thermosetting: In plastics, not having the property of softening when heated; not heat-fusible.
Extrusion: The process of squeezing a material through a shaped orifice to produce a linear element with the desired cross section; an element produced by this process.
Molding: A strip of wood, plastic, or plaster with an ornamental profile.
Muntin: A small vertical or horizontal bar between small lites of glass in a sash.
Rough opening: The clear dimensions of the opening that must be provided in a wall frame to accept a given door or window unit.
Masonry opening: The clear dimension required in a masonry wall for the installation of a specific window or door unit.
Flush door: A door with smooth planar faces.
Solid core door: A flush door with no internal cavities.
Hollow-core door: A door consisting of two face veneers separated by an airspace, with solid wood spacers around the four edges. The face veneers are usually connected by a grid of thin spacers within the airspace.
Prehung door: A door that is hinged to its frame in a factory or shop.
Combination door: A door with interchangeable inserts of glass and insect screening, usually used as a second, exterior door and mounted in the same opening with a conventional door.
Fire door: A fire-resistant door, used in fire resistance rated partitions and walls.
Panic hardware: A mechanical device that opens a door automatically if pressure is exerted against the device from the interior of the building.
Guided Reading Questions
Guided Reading Questions (Chapter 19)
Answers
Traditional material for residential windows are wood windows. (Chapter 19)
True
Wood windows have low thermal efficiency. (Chapter 19)
False
Wood windows can be aluminum or vinyl clad on exterior for greater durability. (Chapter 19)
True
Plastic windows are extremely expensive. (Chapter 19)
False
Flashings protect the window rough opening from water intrusion. (Chapter 19)
True
Sheet metal tends to be stiff, durable, more expensive, and difficult to form. (Chapter 19)
True
Sheet metal tends to be soft, short longevity, less expensive and easy to form. (Chapter 19)
False
Window Terminology
Window Terminology
Window is thought to have originated from “wind-eye”
Windows have changed from open holes in earliest buildings to an intricate sophisticated mechanism with many layers of controls
Prime window is a window made to be installed permanently in a building
Storm window is removable window added to improve thermal performance
Combination window includes operable and fixed portions with screens
Replacement windows install in existing openings
The top of window frame is called head jamb or simply head, the two verticals are called side jambs or jambs and the bottom portion is called a sill. Casings, stools and aprons provide the finishing.
Types of Windows
Types of Windows
Fixed windows
o
Least expensive and least likely to leak air or water
Hung windows
o
Maybe single hung or double hung depending on one or two moving sashes
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Sashes were hung by counterweights in the past but now use springs
Sliding windows
o
Essentially like a single hung window on the side
o
Inherently stable operable windows because of tracks
o
Can be designed in many sizes
Projected windows
o
Includes casement, awning, hopper, tilt/turn and in-swinging windows
o
Sashes rotate outwards or inwards from the frames and therefore need structural stiffness when open
o
Projected windows can be opened to full area unlike windows with sliding sashes
Casement windows
o
Assist in catching passing breezes inducing ventilation
o
Generally narrow but can be joined to one another or with fixed windows
Awning windows
o
Can be broad but not usually tall
o
Can protect an open window from water during rainstorms
o
Lend themselves to building block approach when designing window walls
Hopper windows
o
More common in commercial buildings than in residential
o
Can protect an open window from water during rainstorms
Tilt/Turn windows
o
Have elaborate but concealed hardware that allows window to be operated as either a casement or a hopper
Types of windows and airtightness
o
Projected windows have pliable rubber weather-stripping (unlike brush type) that seals by compression providing good air tightness
Windows in roofs
o
Windows in roofs are flashed for water tightness
o
They may be fixed – skylights
o
They may be operable – roof windows
Glass doors
o
Large glass doors may slide on tracks or swing open on hinges
French doors
o
Open fully and are more welcoming
o
Not easy to regulate air into the room because it can’t be kept partially open
o
Prone to more air leakage
Sliding doors
o
Can be partially opened to regulate air
o
Can only open half its area
Terrace doors
o
Half leaf can swing open
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Types of Windows - Large Buildings
Pivoting windows
Side-hinged windows
Top-hinged inswinging windows
Allows for inside washing of exterior glass surface
Devices limit amount of opening to reduce damage
Window Frames
Window Frames
Plastic
o
Becoming more common
o
Do not need painting
o
Provide good thermal resistance
o
Not as stiff or strong as other materials
o
Have high coefficient of thermal expansion
o
PVC is the most common plastic used
GFRP – Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic
o
Framed produced by pultrusion
o
Strong, stiff and relatively low in thermal expansion
o
More expensive
Steel
o
Main advantage is strength which permits sashes to be slender than other materials
o
Corrosion is a problem so frames would need to be coated or painted
o
More thermally conductive than wood and plastic but less than aluminum
Muntins
o
Glass in windows is divided into small sections within each sash by muntins
o
It was necessary when large sizes of glass were not common but is more decorative now
Installing Windows
o
Designers need to ensure to provide rough openings or masonry openings for the windows
o
Details need to be considered to flash openings
o
Attachments/Anchoring of windows to the frame need to be taken into account
Doors
Door Categories
Exterior doors
o
Weather resistance is an important criteria
o
Solid entrance doors, doors with glass, screen doors, vehicular doors, revolving doors. Most common are swinging doors
Interior doors
o
Passage of sound and fire are important criteria
Modes of door operations
o
Swinging, bifold, accordion, sliding, overhead, coiling
Wood Doors
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Stile-and-rail doors
Flush doors
o
Solid core of wood blocks
o
Composite materials
o
Hollow core for interior uses in residential
o
Three performance grades – standard, heavy and extra heavy duty
Wood fiber composite material
Pressed sheet metal doors
GFRP doors
Steel Doors
Flush doors with painted sheet steel are the most common type
Steel doors come with hollow core for interior and solid core for exterior
Steel doors and frames are commonly manufactured and specified according to Steel Door Institute’s (standard steel doors) and Hollow Metal Manufacturer’s Standards (custom steel doors)
Steel Doors - Frames
Metal doors and most residential doors are usually hinged on hollow steel door frames
Wood and aluminum frames may be used
Different types of anchors are available to mount to different frames
With masonry they may be filled with cementitious grout to provide sound deadening and more tamper resistant
Fire Doors
In the event of a fire, this fire door will automatically close, protecting the elevator lobby beyond.
The fire test label, required for all fire doors, can be seen affixed to the edge of the door below the uppermost hinge.
Fenestration Performance
Performance
Many other issues that need to be taken into account in choosing fenestration
o
Fire
o
Egress
o
Accessibility
o
Accidental breakage
o
Emergency escape
o
Structural performance
o
Resistance to wind and rain
o
Thermal performance
o
Impact resistance
o
Blast resistance
MODULE 7
Table of contents
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Weekly Readings
Chapter 22 - Selecting Interior Finishes
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading
o
Installation of Mechanical and Electrical Services
o
Sequence of Interior Finishing Operations
o
Selecting Interior Finish Systems
o
Trends in Interior Finishes
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 23 - Interior Walls and Partitions
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading
o
Types of Interior Walls
o
Framed Partition Systems
o
Masonry Partition Systems
o
Wall and Partition Facings
o
Additional Resources
Chapter 24 Finish Ceilings and Floors
o
Key Terms
o
Guided Reading
o
Finishing Ceilings
o
Types of Ceilings
o
Finish Flooring
o
Types of Finish Flooring Materials
o
Flooring Thickness
o
Additional Resources
Weekly Readings
This week you will need to read Chapters 22, 23 and 24 in your textbook.
Chapter 22 - Selecting Interior Finishes
Selecting Interior Finishes
Thought Points
Focus on the installation of mechanical and electrical services, selection, and trends in interior finishes.
Key Terms
Firestopping:
A component or mastic installed in an opening through a floor or around the edge of a floor to retard the passage of fire; frequently used interchangeably with fireblocking.
Shaft:
An unbroken vertical passage through a multistory building, used for elevators, wiring, plumbing, ductwork, and so on.
Sound Transmission Class (STC):
An index of the resistance of a wall or partition to the passage of sound.
Impact Isolation Class (IIC):
An index of the extent to which a floor assembly transmits impact noise from a room above to the room below.
Flame-spread rating:
A measure of the rapidity with which fire will spread across the surface of a finish material as determined by ASTM standard E84.
Smoke-developed rating:
An index of the toxic fumes generated by a material as it burns, as determined by ASTM Standard E84.
Fire resistance rating:
The time, in minutes or hours, that a material or assembly will resist fire exposure as determined by ASTM E119.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Pill test:
A test of a flooring material’s propensity for flame spread when exposed to a burning tablet intended to simulate a dropped lit cigarette, match, or similar hazard.
Minimum critical radiant flux exposure:
A measure of a material’s resistance to ignition by the radiant heat of fire and hot gasses in adjacent spaces, usually applied to flooring materials.
First cost:
The cost of construction, not including operational costs.
Life-cycle cost:
A cost that takes into account both the first cost and the costs of maintenance, replacement, fuel consumed, monetary inflation, and interest over the life of the object being evaluated.
Hose stream test:
A standard laboratory test to determine the relative ability of a building assembly to stand up to water from a fire hose after a specified period of fire testing.
Fireblocking:
Wood or other material used to partition concealed spaces within combustible framing; intended to restrict the spread of fire within such spaces.
Guided Reading
Guided Reading Questions (Chapter 22)
Answers
Most services are covered in the finished construction. (Chapter 22)
True
One of the sequence of services is waste lines and water supply lines. (Chapter 22)
True
One of the sequences of service is not pipes for automatic sprinklers. (Chapter 22)
False
Waste popping is installed first because it flows by gravity. (Chapter 22)
True
HVAC ductwork requires low volumes of space. (Chapter 22)
False
Sound reaches our ears as air pressure waves. (Chapter 22)
True
Sound frequency lowers noise levels and improves speech legibility within spaces. (Chapter 22)
False
Installation of Mechanical and Electrical Services
Logistics of Mechanical and Electrical Installation
Installation of interior finish materials requires the completion of roof and exterior walls and completion of services
Sequence of installation of services
o
Waste lines and water supply lines
o
Pipes for automatic sprinklers
o
HVAC – boilers, chillers, cooling towers, pumps, fans, piping, and ductwork
o
Electrical, communication and control wiring
o
Elevators and escalators
Vertical runs of ducts/pipes made through shafts
Horizontal runs are located below floors in ceilings or above ceilings in raised floors
Some services are concealed in structure
Specific floor areas are reserved for services as seen in next three slides of an example building
Sequence of Interior Finishing Operations
Finishing Shafts
Interior finishing operations follow a carefully ordered sequence
The first finish items to be installed are usually hanger wires for suspended ceilings and full-height partitions and enclosures especially those around mechanical, electrical and elevator shafts, equipment rooms and stairs
Installing Firestopping
Firestopping is inserted around pipes, conduits and ducts where they penetrate floors and fire-rated walls
Firestopping may consist of applying safing material first followed by mastic or in very small openings just applying mastic
Installing Joint Covers
The full height partition enclosures, firestopping, joint covers and safing around the perimeters of the floors constitute a very important system for keeping fire from spreading through the building
Interior Finishing
After the horizontal distribution system is installed the suspended ceiling is installed
This is followed by framing for wall partition and wall finishing including locating outlets
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
The floor finishing is applied last when all trades have completed work to prevent damage
Selecting Interior Finish Systems
Appearance
Interior finishes are important for making building look neat and clean
Interior finishes represent architect’s design with respect to space, light color, perception and texture
Reflections from interior finish material affect sense of illumination
Flooring and wall finishes can be used to give a sense of affluence and appropriateness to the desired occupancy
Durability and Maintenance
Wear and tear in relation to the use of the building must be considered
Areas with intense traffic need to be designed with properly wearing surfaces
Water resistance of finishes should be considered in appropriate places
In areas such as hospitals finishes should be used that do not trap dirt and that can be easily cleaned and disinfected
Ability to carry out routine maintenance and the associated costs should be considered in selecting interior finishes
Acoustic Criteria
Interior finish materials can affect
o
Noise levels
o
Quality of listening conditions
o
Levels of acoustic privacy
Absorbtive and reflective surfaces need to be carefully selected to control and manage sound within space
Acoustic isolation properties of partitions need to be considered to reduce air borne noise transmission between spaces. Sound transmission class (STC) rating of partitions is a property most commonly used to discern walls for sound isolation
Openings in a wall with STC rating may breach the sound isolation
Impact noise needs to be considered to reduce structure borne sound transmission. M/E services need to be isolated and resilient material need to be used for the purpose. Impact isolation class (IIC) is a property used for this purpose
Fire Criteria - Combustibility
Surface burning characteristics of interior finishes are governed by code requirements. Different measures are used to select materials based on combustibility
o
Flame spread rating which indicates the rapidity with which fire can spread across the surface of a given material (Steiner Tunnel Test)
o
Smoke developed rating which classifies material according to the amount of smoke given off when it burns (Steiner Tunnel Test)
o
Materials are assigned a class of A, B or C based on testing with A being better than B or C
o
Room fire growth contribution testing is used for very flammable materials
o
Minimum critical radiant flux exposure is used to test materials to be used in exists, corridors and related spaces of egress. Materials are divided into Class I or II with the former being better
o
Pill test may be used to test flooring material to test the hazard from burning cigarettes
Fire Criteria - Fire Resistance
Fire resistance of assemblies and structural elements refers to the ability to resist the passage of fire from one side to the other
Building code regulates the fire resistance of assemblies and structural members by requiring a certain fire resistance rating
Fire resistance ratings are determined by testing where assemblies are subject to fire in a furnace
The tested assemblies are required to:
o
Not develop any openings to permit the passage of flame or hot gases
o
Insulate sufficiently against the heat of fire to prevent temperature rise on the other side of the fire
o
Pass a test called the hose stream test
Openings in assemblies with fire resistance rating must also be protected
o
Doors must be rated although with a lower rating
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Ducts must be equipped with dampers
o
Pipe penetrations need to be firestopped
Relationship to Mechanical and Electrical Services
Depending on whether mechanical and electrical services are concealed or not will impact the manner in which finishes are completed
If mechanical and electrical needs to be concealed then access openings will need to be provided for servicing at various locations
If mechanical and electrical are not be concealed and left exposed then the services should be organized visually and a high standard of workmanship should be specified
Changeability
Interior finishes should adapt to need for change base on occupancies
In a concert hall, a chapel, or a hotel major changes will be infrequent so fixed unchangeable partitions with more luxurious finishes would be appropriate
In a rental office building or a retail shopping mall changes will be frequent and lighting and partitions should be designed to allow for such changes. Less expensive material that can be disposed may be used or more expensive material which can be reused may be used
Cost
The cost of interior finish systems may be measured in two different ways
o
First cost is the installed cost and is of paramount importance when construction budget is tight or the expected life of the building is short
o
Life-cycle cost is a cost that take into account the expected lifetime of the finish system cost, maintenance cost, fuel cost, replacement cost , inflation and time value of money in addition to first cost.
o
Life cycle becomes important for owners who expect to retain ownership over an extended period of time
o
Higher first costs may be justifiable if there are savings in life cycle costs
Toxic Emissions from Interior Materials
Interior materials can contribute negatively to the Indoor Environmental Quality
o
Formaldehyde fumes
o
Fumes from solvents and paints
o
Fibers of asbestos and glass
o
Airborne spores from molds and mildews
o
Radon gas
o
Construction dust
Designers should try to seek data on emissions of pollutants from finish materials
Trends in Interior Finishes
Trends
Change from integral, single-piece system toward a system made of discrete components
o
This is epitomized by partitions made of modular, demountable, relocatable panels away from integral hard to change wall systems
Change from heavy finish material to toward lighter ones
o
Reduction in dead loads
o
Reduction in shipping, handling and installation costs
o
Less effort to move or remove when changes required
Change from wet systems to dry systems
Change to more sustainable systems that have lesser impact on resources
The trends need to be balanced with aspects of durability, permanence, and quality
Additional Resources
Videos
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
New home construction: Start to Finish
Chapter 23 - Interior Walls and Partitions
Interior Walls and Partitions
Thought Points
Focus on the various types of interior walls and the functions.
Key Terms
Light gauge steel stud: A length of thin sheet metal formed into a stiff shape and used as a wall framing member.
Fire wall: A wall extending from foundation to roof, required under a building code to separate buildings, or parts of buildings, as a deterrent to the spread of fire.
Fire partition: In the International Building Code, a fire-resistant wall intended to deter the spread of fire; used to separate tenant spaces, dwelling units, and corridors from surrounding areas of a building.
Shaft wall: A wall surrounding a shaft, usually with a specified degree of fire resistance.
Fire barrier: In the International Building Code, a fire-resistant wall intended to deter the spread of fire; used to separate exit stair enclosures, differing occupancies, and fire areas.
Fire area: In the International Building Code, an area within a building bounded by fire- resistant construction. Fire area size, occupant load, and location within the building are used to determine automatic sprinkler requirements.
Grout: A high-slump mixture of Portland cement, aggregates, and water, which can be poured or pumped into cavities in concrete or masonry for the purpose of embedding reinforcing bars and/or increasing the amount of loadbearing material in a wall; a specially formulated mortar- like material for filling under steel baseplates and around connections in precast concrete framing; a mortar used to fill joints between ceramic tiles or quarry tiles.
Latex/ polymer modified Portland cement mortar: A tile-setting mortar similar to dry-set
mortar, but with additives that improve the cured mortar’s freeze-thaw resistance, flexibility, and adhesion; used for thin-set tile applications.
Dry-set mortar: A tile-setting mortar formulated with Portland cement, sand, and water retention compounds; used in thin-set tile applications.
Thin-set tile: Ceramic tile bonded to a solid base with a thin application of Portland cement mortar or organic adhesive.
Plaster: A cementitious material, usually based on gypsum or portland cement, applied to lath or masonry in paste form to harden into a finish surface.
Calcining: The driving off of the water of hydration from gypsum by the application of heat.
Calcined gypsum: Gypsum that has been ground to a fine powder and heated to drive off most of its water of hydration; used in the manufacture of gypsum board and as the principal ingredient in gypsum plasters; a nonhydraulic cementitious material; also called plaster of Paris.
Lath: A base material to which plaster is applied.
Gypsum: An abundant mineral; chemically, hydrous calcium sulfate.
Furring strip: A length of wood or metal attached to a masonry or concrete wall to permit the attachment of finish materials using screws or nails; any linear material used to create a spatial separation between a finish material and an underlying substrate.
Base-coat plaster: One or more preparatory plaster coats that provide a flat, solid surface suitable for the application of the final finish coat plaster.
Finish-coat plaster: The final coat of plaster applied over gypsum base or one or more applications of base-coat plaster.
Synthetic gypsum: Chemically manufactured gypsum made from the byproducts of various industrial processes, such as the desulfurization of power plant flue gasses.
Gypsum plaster: Plaster whose cementing substance is calcined gypsum; used almost exclusively for interior finish plaster work.
Gauging plaster: A gypsum plaster formulated for use in combination with finishing lime in finish coat plaster.
Lime: A nonhydraulic cementitious material, used as an ingredient in mortars and plasters.
Finish lime: A fine grade of quicklime used in finish-coat gypsum plasters and in ornamental plaster work; also called lime putty.
Keenes cement: A proprietary, dense, crack-resistant gypsum plaster formulation.
Molding plaster: A fast-setting gypsum plaster used for the manufacture of cast ornament.
Hawk: A square piece of sheet metal with a perpendicular handle beneath, used by a plasterer to hold a small quantity of wet plaster and transfer it to a trowel for application to a wall or ceiling.
Portland cement-lime plaster/ stucco: Plaster made from a mixture of portland cement, lime, sand, and water; commonly used as an exterior finish material.
Trowel: A thin, flat steel tool, either pointed or rectangular, provided with a handle and held in the hand, used to manipulate mastic, mortar, plaster, or concrete.
Veneer plaster base: The special gypsum board over which veneer plaster is applied.
Gypsum lath: Sheets of gypsum board manufactured specifically for use as a plaster base.
Darby: A stiff straightedge of wood or metal used to level the surface of wet plaster or concrete.
Control joint: An intentional, linear discontinuity in a structure or component designed to form a plane of weakness where cracking can occur in response to various forces so as to minimize or eliminate cracking elsewhere. Also called a contraction joint.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Lather: One who applies lath.
Expanded metal lath: A thin sheet of metal that has been slit and stretched to transform it into a mesh; used as a base for the installation of plaster.
Finish coat: The final coat of a paint, plaster, or other finishing system.
Brown coat: The second of two base-coat plaster applications in a three-coat plaster
Corner bead: A metal or plastic strip used to form a neat, durable edge at an outside corner of two walls of plaster or gypsum board.
Scratch coat: The first of two basecoat plaster applications in a three-coat plaster.
Edge bead: A strip of metal or plastic used to make a neat, durable edge where plaster or gypsum board abuts another material.
Ground: A strip attached to a wall or ceiling to establish the level to which plaster should be applied.
Run plaster ornament: A linear molding produced by passing a profiled sheet metal or plastic template back and forth across a mass of wet plaster.
Line wire: Wire stretched across wall studs as a base for the application of metal mesh and stucco.
Self-furring metal lath: Metal lath with dimples that space the lath away from the sheathing behind to allow plaster to penetrate the lath and key to it.
Veneer plaster: A wall finish system in which a thin finish layer of gypsum plaster is applied over a special veneer plaster base.
Gypsum board/ gypsum wallboard: An interior facing panel consisting of a gypsum core sandwiched between paper faces. Also called drywall, plasterboard.
Casting: Pouring a liquid material or slurry into a mold whose form it will take as it solidifies.
Predecorated gypsum board: Gypsum board finished at the factory with a decorative layer of paint, paper, or plastic.
Coreboard: A thick gypsum panel used primarily in shaft walls.
Tapered edge: The longitudinal edge of a sheet of gypsum board, which is recessed to allow room for reinforcing tape and joint compound.
Type X gypsum board: A fiber-reinforced gypsum board used where greater fire resistance is required.
Gypsum backing board: A lower-cost gypsum panel intended for use as an interior layer in multilayer constructions of gypsum board.
Foil-backed gypsum board: Gypsum board with aluminum foil laminated to its back surface to act as a vapor retarder and thermal insulator.
Glazed structural clay tile: A hollow clay block with glazed faces, usually used for constructing interior partitions.
Thickset tile/ mortar bed tile: Ceramic tile installed on a thick bed of portland cement mortar.
Ceramic tile: Small, flat, thin, fired clay tiles intended for use as wall and floor facings.
Nail popping: The loosening of nails holding gypsum board to a wall, caused by drying shrinkage of the studs.
Guided Reading
Guided Reading Questions (Chapter 23)
Answers
Noncombustible building items include: masonry, concrete plaster. (Chapter 23)
True
Combustible building items include: masonry, concrete plaster. (Chapter 23)
False
Fire walls separate buildings. (Chapter 23)
True
Expanded metal lath is made from copper. (Chapter 23)
False
The brown coat adds thickness and creates flat, uniform surface. (Chapter 23)
True
Types of Interior Walls
Fire Walls
A fire wall is a wall that
o
Forms a required separation against spread of fire
o
Extends continuously from foundation to roof, often above the roof and beyond the exterior walls along the plane of the wall
o
Must be framed
A fire wall is used to divide a single building into smaller fire compartments which may be considered separate buildings when calculating allowable heights and areas as per the code
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Openings in fire walls are restricted in size and aggregate area and must be closed with fire doors or fire-rated glass
Shaft Walls
A shaft wall is used to enclose a multistorey opening through a building such as an elevator shaft or a shaft for ductwork, conduits or pipes
Rating of shaft wall depends on number of connected floors
Walls for elevator shafts designed to
o
Withstand air pressure and suction
o
Prevent noise of elevator machinery from reaching other spaces
Fire Barriers and Partitions
Used to restrict the spread of fire and smoke within a single building
Unlike fire wall they are not required to extend from foundation to roof
Fire barrier must extend from top of one floor slab to underside of another
Fire partitions may terminate at the underside of the suspended ceiling
Fire barriers are used to limit the extent of fire areas
Fire partitions are used to enclose corridors and tenant spaces in small buildings or dwelling units
Openings in fire barriers and partitions are restricted in size and must be closed with fire doors or fire-rated glass
Structure supporting fire partitions and barriers must have appropriate fire resistance rating at least as much as the supported partitions
Smoke Barriers and Smoke Partitions
These are special partitions required to separate occupants in case of fire in certain buildings like hospitals and prisons
The purpose of the wall barrier is to create an area of refuge within the building without the need for exiting
These partitions have ratings and are continuous from one side of the building to the other and from top of the floor slab to the bottom of the floor slab above
Openings and penetrations have to be dealt with dampers, closures, and be tight fitting
A smoke partition is like a smoke barrier but does not need to have a fire resistance rating
Other Nonbearing Partitions
Many of the partitions in a building do not need to be fire separation walls or to bear a structural load
These may be built with any materials with only the combustibility requirements and acoustic requirements from the code to be met
Framed Partition Systems
Partition Framing
Wood framing
o
Generally dictated by building code where combustible construction is allowed
o
Heavy timber and fire retardant treated wood are permitted in some instances
Metal
o
Light gauge steel studs with runner channels is most common and works similar to wood
Masonry can be used with wood or metal furring strips
Installation of Light Gauge Steel Framing
Light gauge steel studs (1) or open truss wire studs (2)
Runner channels (3)
Galvanized steel sheet metal 0.018 inches to 0.054 inches (0.45-1.37mm) thick
Steel studs are fastened to the runners
No fasteners are need for open truss wire studs to runners
Installation of Furring on Concrete Blocks
Furring allows:
o
For the installation of flat wall finish over an irregular masonry surface,
o
Provides a concealed space for installing plumbing, wiring and thermal insulation
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Furring can be created by
o
Z-furring channel (1)
o
Hat shaped metal furring (2)
o
Adjustable furring brackets (3)
Fireblocking of Combustible Concealed Spaces
Building codes require that concealed hollow spaces with combustible partition wall assemblies be internally partitioned into small compartments to limit ability of fire to travel
Fireblocking is used and may consist of:
o
Solid lumber
o
Plywood
o
OSB
o
Particle board
o
Gypsum board
o
Cement fiber board
o
Glass fiber insulation
Fire blocking is not needed if partitions are framed in light gauge steel or masonry
Plaster
Plaster is a generic term that refers to any number of cement like substances applied to a surface in a paste form which hardens
Plaster can be applied directly to solid surface or any group of bases known as lath
Wattle and daub is the prehistoric type of plastering where wattle is the mesh and daub is mud which acts like plaster
Common plaster types include
o
Gypsum
o
Lime and Portland cement
Plaster systems consists of plaster, frames and trims
Plaster - Gypsum
Gypsum plaster is made from gypsum which is abundant in nature
Gypsum plaster is also know as plaster of Paris
Gypsum’s characteristics include:
o
Solubility in water
o
Durability and light weight
o
Sound and fire resistance
o
Highly workable
o
Inexpensive
Two Categories of plaster
o
Base-coat plasters
o
Finish-coat plasters
Base-coat plasters used for preparatory coats
o
Mill mixed or ready mixed
o
Neat
o
More common types include: ordinary, wood-fibered, lightweight, high-strength
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Finish-coat plasters are a blend of gypsum and lime
o
Common types include: ready-mixed, gauging with hydrated finishing lime, high-strength gauging, Keenes cement, molding plaster
Plaster - Portland Cement
Portland cement-lime plaster also known as stucco is similar to masonry mortar
Used where plaster is subjected to moisture
It is less workable than gypsum plaster
It shrinks and therefore needs control joints frequently
Curing reaction same as that of concrete
In exterior applications can be applied over sheathing or without sheathing
Over sheathing one or two layers of asphalt saturated building felt, then self furring metal lath is nailed and then stucco applied
Exterior stucco is usually applied in three coats over metal lath or two coats over concrete or masonry
Plaster Application
Plaster can be applied by
o
Machine (1)
o
Hand (2)
Hand application is done with
o
Hawk to hold small quantity of plaster (3)
o
Trowel to apply plaster to surface (4)
o
Darby to level the surface
Plaster - Lathing - Metal Lath
Lath is the base to which plaster is applied
Wood lath made of thin strips of wood with spacing for keying was most common
Most lath today is expanded metal of preformed gypsum
Person who applies lath and trim accessories is called lather
Expanded metal lath is made from thin sheets of galvanized steel that are slit and stretched to produce a mesh
o
Applied using ties of steel wire, self-drilling, self-tapping screws, lathing nails
o
Metal lath types include:
o
1.
general purpose
2.
self-furring
3.
paper-back for use with ceramic tiles
4.
4-mesh Z-riblath for ceiling
5.
thicker riblath for ceiling and wide space support
Plaster – Lathing – Gypsum Lath
Gypsum lath is made in gypsum board sheets
o
16x48 inches (406x1220mm) 3/8 inch (9.5mm) thick
o
Consists of sheets of hardened gypsum plaster faced with outer layers of a special absorbent paper
o
Attaches using metal clips or screws
o
Gauged gypsum-lime plaster or Portland cement stucco will not bond to gypsum lath
Plaster – Lathing – Veneer Plaster Base
Veneer plaster base or gypsum veneer base is a paper-faced gypsum board
o
Sheets are 4 feet (1220mm) wide by 8 to 14 feet long (2440-4270 mm)
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Thickness of sheets ½ inch or 5/8 inch (13-16mm)
o
Can be screwed, nailed
o
Various lathing trim accessories and control joint accessories are available
o
Trim accessories are referred to as grounds when they are used to gauge the proper thickness and plane of plaster
o
Trim accessories can be galvanized steel, aluminum or plastic
Plaster – Systems – Over Expanded Metal Lath
Plaster is applied over expanded metal lath in three coats
o
Scratch coat (1)
o
Second or brown coat (2) is applied and a level surface is produced by drawing a straight edge across the surfaces of the grounds (edge beads, corner beads, control joints)
o
Finish coat applied in thin coat. Can have different types of finishes (3a-Float, 3b-Spray, 3c-Texture)
o
Total thickness is 5/8 inch (16mm)
o
Time consuming and costly
Plaster – Systems – Over Gypsum Lath
The best plaster work over gypsum is applied in three coats, but because of its rigidity two coats would suffice
Gypsum lath is more economical than metal lath because of speed of installation
Total thickness of plaster applied is ½ inch (13mm)
Plaster – Systems – Over Masonry
Before applying plaster directly over concrete or masonry walls they should be dampened
Bonding agent may have to be applied to smooth surfaces to ensure good adhesion
Number of coats will be dependent on the degree of unevenness
For best work three coats totaling 5/8 inch (16mm) should be applied but two coats are sufficient
Plaster – Systems – Veneer
Veneer plaster system is the least expensive
Veneer lath is applied first (1)
Veneer base creates very flat surfaces that can be finished with a formulated dense gypsum plaster applied in one or two coats 1/6-1/8 inch (2-3mm) in total thickness
Corner beads (2) and reinforcing tape are applied (3)
A single coat (4) is applied in a double-back process in which a thin coat is followed by a skim coat
The plaster dries rapidly and is ready for painting the following day
Plaster Partition Systems
Three coats of plaster on metal lath and open-truss wire studs – FRR 1hr, STC 39
Two coats of plaster over gypsum lath and open-truss wire studs – FRR 1hr, STC 41
Veneer plaster on light gauge steel studs – FRR 1hr, STC 40
Plaster partition with gypsum lath on one side on resilient metal clips and sound attenuation blanket – FRR 1hr, STC 51
Solid plaster partition used where floor space needs to be conserved – FRR 1hr, STC 38.
Gypsum Board
It is a prefabricated plaster sheet material
o
4 feet wide by 8 to 14 feet long (1220mm x 2440-4270mm)
o
It is also called gypsum wallboard, plasterboard, and drywall
o
Least expensive requiring less labor than plaster
o
Core of gypsum is slurry of calcined gypsum, starch, water, pregenerated foam, and additives sandwiched between special paper facing
Types
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Regular
o
Type X for fire rated assemblies consists of glass fibers in core
o
Type C for fire rated assemblies but thinner than Type X
o
Water resistant gypsum backing board with facings of water repellant paper or glass matt and moisture resistant core
o
Abuse resistant or impact resistant may have heavier facing paper, glass fiber mesh, polycarbonate film and core reinforced with cellulose fibers
o
Mold-resistant gypsum with alternates to paper facings
o
Coreboard is 1 inch (25.4mm) thick panel used for shaft walls
o
Ceiling gypsum board, sag resistant, ½ inch (13mm) thick
o
Foil-backed gypsum board eliminates the need for separate vapor retarder and also provide additional insulating value
o
Predecorated gypsum board
o
Weather-resistant exterior gypsum soffit board
o
Gypsum lath and gypsum veneer base
o
Boards are available in many thicknesses and various edge treatments
Gypsum Board Installation
Hanging
o
Can be installed over wood studs or steel studs
o
Use of screws is (1) better than nails to avoid pops
o
Installing long side horizontal results in a stronger wall frame
o
Using large boards minimizes end joints which are difficult to finish
o
Wall can be cut very easily by scoring with a knife (2 & 3)
o
Where two layers are used joints are staggered
o
Gypsum board can be curved (4 & 5)
o
Metal trim accessories are installed at exposed edges and external corners to protect the brittle board and present a neat edge
Finishing
o
Joints and holes are finished to create a monolithic surface
o
Finishing uses joint compound/drying-tape joint compound or setting compound
o
Joint compound is troweled into the tapered joint and in screw holes
o
Reinforcing tape is bedded into the joint
o
After drying more compound is applied to the joint to make it level
o
The joints are sanded and very thin final coat is applied which is feathered out
o
Wall is sanded to smooth rough edges and painted
Surface can be smooth or have texture
o
Ceilings are textured to conceal minor irregularities in workmanship
Finishing Standards
o
Level 0, minimum standard mostly unfinished - temporary
o
Level 1 only joints are covered with tape set in joint compound – attics, service corridors
o
Level 2 finish coat of joint compound is applied over accessories and fasteners – garages, warehouses, storage areas
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Level 3 adds a full second coat of compound after the first has dried - surfaces that will be textured or covered
o
Level 4 is designed for surfaces to be finished with flat paints
o
Level 5 is the highest quality and adds a very think skim coat of joint compound over the entire surface of the board – surfaces that will receive gloss or semigloss paints
Gypsum Board Partition Systems
Partition assemblies have been tested with FRR of 4 hours and STC of 69
1.
1.
FRR 1hr, STC 40 using Type X board and steel studs
2.
FRR 1hr, STC 60-64 on wood studs
3.
FRR 2 hr, STC 48
4.
FRR 4 hr, STC 58
Demountable partition systems using concealed mechanical fasteners have been developed
Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Systems
Walls around elevator shafts, stairways and mechanical chases can be made of any masonry, lath and plaster or gypsum panel assembly that meets the FRR requirements
Gypsum panel assemblies provide many benefits
Masonry Partition Systems
Masonry Partition Systems
Historically interior partitions were often made of masonry. They had excellent STC and FRR
Concrete masonry partitions are used and often left unplastered and simply painted
Electrical wiring is difficult to conceal and therefore a furred panel system may be applied or mounted on surface
Glazed structural clay tiles make very durable partitions and are used areas with heavy wear and moisture problems or those with sanitation requirements
Wall and Partition Facings
Facings
Ceramic
o
Ceramic tile facings are often added to the walls for reasons of appearance, durability, sanitation, or moisture resistance
o
Tiles can be mounted to gypsum base with adhesive and to concrete/masonry base with mortar with joints filled with grout
Stone
o
Facings of granite, limestone, marble or slate are used in public areas of building
Wood
o
Wood wainscotting and paneling may be used in limited quantities in fire-resistant buildings. They are mounted on backing of plaster or gypsum board
Additional Resources
Videos
RONA - How to Build an Interior Wall
Chapter 24 Finish Ceilings and Floors
Thought Points
Focus on the types of ceilings, floor finishes and its thickness, and finishing materials.
Key Terms
Membrane fire protection: A ceiling used to provide fire protection to the structural members above.
Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): An index of the ability of a ceiling construction to obstruct the passage of sound between rooms through the plenum.
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Suspended ceiling: A finish ceiling that is hung on wires from the structure above.
Acoustical ceiling: A ceiling of fibrous tiles that are highly absorbent of sound energy.
Plenum: The space between the ceiling of a room and the structural floor above, used as a passage for ductwork, piping, and wiring.
Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): An index of the proportion of incident sound that is absorbed by a surface, expressed as a decimal fraction of 1.
Concealed grid: A suspended ceiling framework that is completely hidden by the tiles or panels it supports.
Exposed grid: A framework for an acoustical ceiling that is visible from below after the ceiling is completed.
Interstitial ceiling: A suspended ceiling with sufficient structural strength to support workers safely as they install and maintain mechanical and electrical installations above the ceiling.
Lay-in panel: A finish ceiling panel that is installed merely by lowering it onto the top of the metal grid components of the ceiling.
Linear metal ceiling: A finish ceiling whose exposed face is made up of long, parallel elements of sheet metal.
Articulation Class (AC): A measure of a finish ceiling’s absorption and reflection of sound, particularly with regard to speech clarity in an open office environment.
Paver: A half-thickness brick used as finish flooring.
Cellular raceway: A rectangular tube cast into a concrete floor slab for the purpose of housing electrical and communications wiring.
Access flooring: A raised finish floor surface consisting of small, individually removable panels beneath which wiring, ductwork, and other building services may be installed.
Static coefficient of friction (SCOF): The coefficient of friction, measured between two surfaces at rest relative to each other; used in some finish flooring slip resistance measurements.
Undercarpet wiring system: Flat, insulated electrical conductors that run under carpeting, and their associated outlet boxes and fixtures.
Poke-through fitting: An electrical outlet that is installed by drilling a hole through a floor, inserting the outlet from above, and bringing in the wiring from the plenum below.
Sand cushion terrazzo: Terrazzo with an underbed that is separated from the structural floor deck by a layer of sand.
Slip sheet, cleavage membrane: A thin sheet of paper, plastic, or felt, placed between two materials to eliminate friction or bonding of the materials.
Divider strip: A strip of metal or plastic embedded in terrazzo to form control joints and decorative patterns.
Terrazzo: A finish floor material consisting of concrete with an aggregate of marble chips selected for size and color, which is ground and polished smooth after curing.
Ceramic tile: Small, flat, thin, fired clay tiles intended for use as wall and floor facings.
Quarry tile: A large clay floor tile, usually unglazed.
Plastic laminate flooring: A finish material for floors that consists of a thin decorative and wearing layer of melamine laminate glued to a wood composite substrate.
Plank flooring: Solid wood finish flooring members 3 inches (75 mm) or more in width.
Floating floor: Wood or laminate flooring that is not fastened or adhered to the subfloor.
Blind nailing: Attaching boards to a frame, sheathing, or subflooring with toe nails driven through the edge of each piece so as to be completely concealed by the adjoining piece.
Bonded terrazzo: Terrazzo flooring whose underbed is poured directly upon the structural floor.
Strip flooring: Solid wood finish flooring members less than 3 inches (75 mm) in width, usually in the form of tongue-and-groove boards.
Cove base: A flexible strip of plastic or synthetic rubber used to finish the junction between resilient flooring and a wall.
Resilient flooring: A manufactured sheet or tile flooring made of asphalt, polyvinyl chloride, linoleum, rubber, or other elastic material.
Linoleum: A resilient floor covering material composed primarily of ground cork and linseed oil on a burlap or canvas backing.
Tackless strip/ tackstrip: A wood strip with projecting points used to fasten a carpet around the edge of a room.
Guided Reading
Guided Reading Questions (Chapter 24)
Answers
Sound absorbing ceil materials are lightweight and porous.
True
Hard flooring materials include wood and sand.
False
Hard flooring materials include concrete, stone, brick, tile, and terrazzo.
True
Absorbent materials allow sound to pass through and can provide poor acoustical privacy between adjacent rooms if there is a continuous ceiling plenum above the rooms.
True
Ceilings modify light and sound, define volume.
True
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Finishing Ceilings
Functions of Finish Ceilings
Controls diffusion of light and sound
Prevents passage of sound vertically
Control combustibility and passage of fire
Part of distribution system for HVAC and lighting
Accommodate sprinkler heads and loudspeakers
Play a part in the visual expression of the room
Ceilings can take variety of shapes and finishes to achieve its objectives including, flat, slope coffered, or vaulted
Types of Ceilings
Exposed Structural and Mechanical Components
In many instances exposing the structural and mechanical components is appropriate
o
Where appearance is not as important e.g. industrial or agricultural buildings
o
Where structure is inherently attractive such as heavy timber construction or architectural concrete and steel
o
Where exposed services add aesthetic appeal such as in restaurants
Care and planning is required when systems are to be left exposed and it may increase cost
Tightly Attached Ceilings
Ceilings of different materials may be tightly attached to the underlying structural elements
Special finishing arrangements need to be worked out for vertically projecting structural members such as beams
Special consideration needs to be given for ducts, conduits, pipes and sprinkler heads that are below the ceiling
Suspended Ceilings
Ceiling that is suspended on wires
o
It can conceal structure and services in space above called plenum
o
Ceiling can be flat even though the structure may be sloped
o
Ceiling can serve as membrane fire protection for floor or roof structure above
o
Can be made from variety of materials
Suspended Gypsum Board and Plaster Ceiling
o
Can be framed onto light gauge steel cee channels
o
More complex shapes can be created with special framing members and by lathing e.g. auditoriums, theatres, and lobbies of public buildings
Suspended Acoustical Ceilings
Made from fibrous materials in form of ties or panels referred to as acoustical ceilings because it is absorptive to sound
Sound absorption is measured as Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC). Higher the value better its absorption but more transmission and therefore needs sound proofing
Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC) is the ceilings ability to reduce transmission through plenum
Articulation Class is a measure of sound reflection and absorption related to speech clarity
Most economical type consists of lay-in-panels supported on exposed grid. Concealed grid is possible but require special panels
Suspended Linear Metal Ceilings
Ceiling made of linear elements that are formed from sheet aluminum attached to a special type of concealed grid
Suspended Fire Resistance Rated Ceilings
Suspended ceilings that are part of a fire resistance rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly may be made of gypsum, plaster or lay-in panels and grid systems designed for that purpose
Penetrations in such membrane ceilings must be detailed to maintain the FRR
Lighting fixtures must be backed up with fire-resistive material
Air conditioning grills must be isolated from the ducts that feed them by fire dampers
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Access panels must meet the requirements
Interstitial Ceilings
These are ceiling spaces that have are used for services and that can provide access for servicing them
They are suspended at a level to allow for workers to travel freely in a plenum space
In effect the plenum space is another floor
They combine the construction details of poured gypsum roof decks and suspended plaster ceilings
Finish Flooring
Functions
Impact on visual and tactile appreciation of building
Impact on acoustics
Interaction with light
Primary wearing surface
Deal with
o
Skid resistance
o
Sanitation
o
Noise reduction
o
Electrical conductivity
o
Combustibility
o
Fire resistance rating
o
Structural loads
Underfloor Services
Raceways
Floor structures are used for distribution of electrical and communication wiring
Conventional conduits of metal tubing embedded in flooring is the simplest
In buildings with concrete structural system cellular raceways may be cast into the floor slabs
These are sheetmetal ducts that can carry many wires
Access boxes can be used to add or remove wiring
Cellular Steel Decking
In steel framed buildings cellular steel decking provides the same functionality as cellular raceways
A transverse feeder trench brings the wiring across the floor from risers to the cells in the deck
Boxes cast into the topping give access to the cells
Poke Through Fittings
Poke through fittings allow wiring flexibility over time without the need for raceways or cellular decking
They require electrician too work from floor below the one to which changes are being a made which may involve disrupting other tenants
Raised Access Flooring
Raised access flooring is advantageous in buildings where wiring changes are frequent and unpredictable
Has virtually unlimited capability to meet future needs
Ductwork for air distribution can also be designed to be carried in it allowing the ceiling to be exposed
Undercarpet Wiring
Undercarpet wiring systems that use flat conductors are appropriate in many buildings for both electrical power and communications wiring
They may be useful in new and retrofit situations
Flat conductors lie underneath the carpet and are accessed through projecting boxes
Conductors are connected by splicing as necessary
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Performance Issues
Noise reduction
o
Impact noise is transmitted as structureborne vibration through the materials of the floor to become airborne noise in room below
o
Strategies for dealing with impact noise in flooring include: padded carpeting, cushioned resilient flooring, underlay with resilient material like cellulose fiber panels and nonwoven plastic filament matting, use airtight ceiling below with resilient clips
o
Many floor-ceiling assemblies are rated for STC and IIC
Skid resistance
o
Static Coefficient of Friction (SCOF) is used to measure skid resistance. A SCOF of 0.5 or more is desirable to minimize accidents caused by slipping
Fire resistance
o
Floor finish materials must meet code requirements with respect to resistance to ignition by radiant heat and flame spread
Types of Finish Flooring Materials
Hard Flooring Materials
Hard flooring material are often chosen for their resistance to wear and moisture
They are not comfortable but are very beautiful and desirable
Concrete
o
Can have many different finishes
o
Used for garages, industrial buildings, commercial and institutional buildings
o
Color can be added
o
It has low initial cost and high durability but requires proper workmanship
Stone
o
Many types with different surface textures are used in buildings
o
Installation is simple but requires high skill for bedding
o
Require clear sealer coating and periodic maintenance
Bricks and Brick Pavers
o
Both bricks and half thickness bricks called pavers are used for finish flooring
o
Bricks are laid with their largest surface horizontal or on edge
o
Decorative joint patterns can be designed
Quarry Tiles
o
They are large, fired clay tiles usually square but also available in other shapes
o
Thickness range from 3/8 inch to 1 inch (9mm to 25mm)
o
Many colors available
o
Usually set in reinforced mortar bed
Ceramic Tiles
o
Fired clay tiles smaller than quarry tiles are called ceramic tiles.
o
They are usually glazed and available in many colors and shapes
o
Grout color has a significant influence on the appearance of the surface
o
A slip sheet or cleavage membrane is used over substrate that are prone to deflection
o
Crack isolation membranes or uncoupling membranes are used in thin set application over problem areas
Terrazzo
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
It is very durable and made by grinding and polishing concrete that consists of marble or granite chips
o
There are many different methods of installing terrazzo
Wood and Bamboo Flooring
Wood is used in several different forms as finish flooring material
o
Solid wood tongue-and-groove strip flooring made from many hardwood and softwood species. They are blind nailed in place
o
Plank flooring is solid wood flooring which comes in wider strips. They are fastened by screws which are countersunk and then plugged
o
Engineered wood flooring refers to a factory made wood flooring of many different types
o
Parquet is wood flooring of varying hues arranged in patterns
o
Floating floors are wood floors that are not nailed or glued
o
Plastic laminate flooring is composed of planks or large tiles that have wood composite core
o
Wood block flooring is made of small blocks of wood set in adhesive with their grain oriented vertically
Bamboo Flooring
o
A rapidly growing grass can be manufactured into flooring
o
The flooring is produced as a laminate product with laminations either vertical or horizontal
o
The flooring is more stable than flooring made of conventional wood
o
It can be provided as a solid laminate strip or an engineered product
Resilient Flooring
The oldest resilient flooring is linoleum – a sheet material made of ground cork
Asphalt tiles were developed as an alternate
Today’s market resilient sheet flooring and tile market is made of vinyl or rubber
They are available in wide range of colors and have good durability with low initial cost
Vinyl composition tile (VCT) has the lowest installed cost. Other tile products include solid vinyl tile (SVT) and rubber floor tile
Resilient sheet flooring materials are vinyl and rubber
Most resilient flooring is glued to the substrate sometimes using underlayment
Various flooring accessories are available
Carpet
Carpets are manufactured in many different types of fibers, styles and patterns for indoor or outdoor use
Carpets are tough enough to wear for years or soft enough for intimate interiors
Majority of carpet in North America is made with nylon fibers with remainder being made from polypropylene, synthetics and natural fibers
Four ways to install carpet
o
Direct glue-down installation
o
With carpet pad or cushion and tackless strip at edges (stretch-in installation)
o
Double glue-down installation
o
Attached cushion installation
Carpet material is also manufactured as tiles
Flooring Thickness
Variations in thickness
Thicknesses of floor finishes can vary widely
When material of different thicknesses are used on the same floor there can be problems
These can be resolved by
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
o
Tapered edgings
o
Thresholds
o
Variations in thickness of underlayment
o
Use of gypsum or cementitious self leveling toppings
Sometimes special structural details may need to be considered during design stage
Your preview ends here
Eager to read complete document? Join bartleby learn and gain access to the full version
- Access to all documents
- Unlimited textbook solutions
- 24/7 expert homework help
Related Documents
Recommended textbooks for you
Solid Waste Engineering
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781305635203
Author:Worrell, William A.
Publisher:Cengage Learning,
Engineering Fundamentals: An Introduction to Engi...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781305084766
Author:Saeed Moaveni
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Architectural Drafting and Design (MindTap Course...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781285165738
Author:Alan Jefferis, David A. Madsen, David P. Madsen
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Residential Construction Academy: House Wiring (M...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781285852225
Author:Gregory W Fletcher
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Construction Materials, Methods and Techniques (M...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781305086272
Author:William P. Spence, Eva Kultermann
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Recommended textbooks for you
- Solid Waste EngineeringCivil EngineeringISBN:9781305635203Author:Worrell, William A.Publisher:Cengage Learning,Engineering Fundamentals: An Introduction to Engi...Civil EngineeringISBN:9781305084766Author:Saeed MoaveniPublisher:Cengage LearningArchitectural Drafting and Design (MindTap Course...Civil EngineeringISBN:9781285165738Author:Alan Jefferis, David A. Madsen, David P. MadsenPublisher:Cengage Learning
- Residential Construction Academy: House Wiring (M...Civil EngineeringISBN:9781285852225Author:Gregory W FletcherPublisher:Cengage LearningConstruction Materials, Methods and Techniques (M...Civil EngineeringISBN:9781305086272Author:William P. Spence, Eva KultermannPublisher:Cengage Learning
Solid Waste Engineering
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781305635203
Author:Worrell, William A.
Publisher:Cengage Learning,
Engineering Fundamentals: An Introduction to Engi...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781305084766
Author:Saeed Moaveni
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Architectural Drafting and Design (MindTap Course...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781285165738
Author:Alan Jefferis, David A. Madsen, David P. Madsen
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Residential Construction Academy: House Wiring (M...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781285852225
Author:Gregory W Fletcher
Publisher:Cengage Learning
Construction Materials, Methods and Techniques (M...
Civil Engineering
ISBN:9781305086272
Author:William P. Spence, Eva Kultermann
Publisher:Cengage Learning